Home

Mercedes-Benz 2006 S 430 4MATIC Automobile User Manual

1. e the X indicator lamp in the center console should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 42 has deactivated the front passenger front air bag e the message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual should not appear in the multifunction display at any time the seat is unoccupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multifunction display If above conditions are met you can occupy the front passenger seat again Depending on the front passenger classification sensed by the OCS the 2 indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display A Warning If the 3 sker indicator lamp remains out even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any children 12 years old and under and other small individuals use the passenger seat until the system has been repaired Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Disabled Sec Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front passenger f
2. cccsccceeceeneee 149 Cleaning the camera lens 226 Rear window defroster 055 164 Recommended tire inflation PreSSUTE oieee e eee 193 214 Refrigerant air conditioning 303 Refueling eeereeree 186 Regular checks 187 Reminder Seat belt see Seat belts Telltale Remote control see Key SmartKey Remote door lock Tele Aid 179 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 179 Replacing KEY weevercscecercieescusrceadisesenctevsedispesecies 74 Replacing bulbs 0 0 0 0 cee eeeeeeees 275 Reporting safety defects 22 Research Octane Number see RON Reserve fuel Messages in the multifunction ISP IAW sz seeicessevsshssevasiessostesiesssaneeass Warning lamp Restraint systems see Occupant safety Retaining hooks 2 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeees RIMS ree Roadside Assistance Roller sunblind cceeeeeeeeeeeees RON Research Octane Number ROOF TACK c tcsp cc ctcsapces knee ce Rubber parts cleaning 0 Safety Driving safety systems Occupant Safety ee eeeeeseeeereeees Reporting defects cceeeeeeeees Safety belts see Seat belts Seat belt force limiter 000 50 Seat belts ocis cscccsccevissccsies seteseesesetatee gt 45 Adjustment function ee 49 Automatic comfort fit feature 50 Children in the vehicle 06 CIS ANIM
3. L gt a AD P62 95 2845 31 gt Briefly press on cover to open gt Press SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button will flash until the emergency call is concluded Useful features 177 gt Wait for a voice connection to the Customer Assistance Center gt Close cover Q after the emergency call is concluded Z Warning If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle vehicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe location The Customer Assistance Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they receive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occupants gt Terminating calls Press button the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system QJ on Roadside Assistance button P62 95 2840 31 gt Press and hold Roadside Assistance button Q for longer than 2 seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will be initiated The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Call will appear in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When
4. There may be a brief delay before the corner illuminating lamps go out Interior lighting PA2 20 3365 31 Rear interior lighting on off Automatic control on off Right front reading lamp on off Front interior lighting on off Left front reading lamp on off OOOO BY x B3 EH e Lighting ea Automatic control OFF gt Activating Press button c Button amp disengages and sits flush with the other buttons The interior lighting comes when you e unlock the vehicle e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Interior Lighting Delay must be enabled gt page 125 e open a door The interior lighting goes out after a short time if a door remains open the interior lamps go out automatically after approximately 5 minutes Controls in detail Fes gt Deactivating Press button Button engages Manual control H An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp switched on for an extended period of time with the engine turned off could result in a discharged battery gt Switching front interior lighting on off Press switch gt Switching rear interior lighting on off Press switch gt Switching front reading lamps on off Press respective button Emergency lighting When the inter
5. You are driving with the hood open gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as it is safe to do so gt Close the hood gt page 189 There is otherwise danger of an accident You are driving with at least one door open The display symbol shows you which doors are open gt Close all doors The driver or front passenger seat backrest is not engaged The driver s or front passenger s seat belt can not secure the driver or passenger gt Fold back and push the seat backrest until the seat cushion and seat backrest audibly engage into the driving position b gt Practical hints nil T Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages a Rear Left Backrest ot Latched or Rear Right Backrest ot Latched Take Your Key From Ignition Obtain A New Key Close Doors To Lock Vehicle Key Does Not Belong to Vehicle fi Replace Key Battery Key Not Detected message appears in red T it Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right rear seat backrest is not engaged gt Adjust the rear seat backrest until it is fully engaged in position You have forgotten to remove the SmartKey gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The SmartKey is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You tried to lock the vehicle but not all doors were closed gt Close doors and lock the vehicle again
6. Inspection Labeling 2ccserceeees Load index Load rating Messages in the multifunction GISPIAY sicvcececvialesstvsvecedstcedseers 242 259 Ply composition and material UsEd serr ea Ero Eee aT 215 Problems under overinflation 195 ELG ST 10 EE AT 192 Rims and tires technical data 297 ROLALI ON a52 rema Speed rating STONN Eiris Temperature Terminology Tire Identification Number 215 Tire pressure loss warning system 196 TPMS low tire pressure malfunction telltale eee 269 TWMAGUIOM eevee dseeses hedhexceses exbeeeves Tread ninesini Tread depth Tr dWO al oosisisrsiscsssosssrssiscesesris Treadwear indicators 206 215 Vehicle maximum load on 006 215 Wear pattern sisisi innesti 208 Winter tires eceeeesseeeeceeees 215 297 Tire speed rating 210 215 Top tether see Children in the vehicle Total load limit cece 215 Towing Towing eye DOIt oo ee eeeeeeeeseeeeees 288 Vehicle wzvizies desc evccsassseecebestsseceees 287 Towing eye bolt l 288 Traction rionn 207 215 Transmission see Automatic transmission Transmission fluid level 190 Transmission gear selector lever see Gear selector lever Transmission positions 105 Traveling abroad 00 ee eee 220 Tread tine c 2s2 cces ccecesecescesgssecteecs 215 Tread depth tires 206 215 Trea
7. gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display ee Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front passenger front air bag is activated while driving even though a child small individual or object below the system s weight threshold is on the front passenger seat or the front passenger seat is empty Objects on the seat or forces acting on the seat may make the system sense supplemental weight gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Open the passenger door gt Remove child and child restraint from front passenger seat and properly secure the child in rear seat employing the child restraint if necessary gt Make sure no objects which apply supplemental weight to the seat are present The system may recognize such supplemental weight and sense that an occupant on the front passenger seat is of a greater weight than actually present gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the passenger door and switch on the ignition Monitor the 2 k indicator lamp in the center console gt page 45 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 28 for the following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on Practical hints
8. gt Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow leaves sticks and any other debris gt Always keep all air vents and grilles in the passenger compartment free from ek 04107 31 obstruction Wa oS For draft free ventilation move the i adjustable center and side air vents to the gt Increasing decreasing Press rocker middle position switch 4O or gt page 155 up or down Front zones Rear zones gt Increasing decreasing Press rocker switch 0 or gt page 155 up or down a Climate control system Center air vents Controls in detail el Le Left center air vent adjustable Right center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable right center air vent Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable left center air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheels and upward or downward Side air vents F Example illustration driver s side Left side defroster air vent fixed Left side air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable left side air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel upward or downward Ventilated glove box The glove box can be ventilated for instance to cool its contents when the climate control system is activated The level of airflow to the glove box depends on the airflow and air distribution settings The temperature of the air is approx
9. j lt eA 064 25 8035 21 The blue indicator lamps in seat ventilation switch Q come on to show which ventilation level you have selected The seat ventilation for the driver s seat can be activated using the summer opening feature gt page 97 gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press seat ventilation switch Three blue indicator lamps in seat ventilation switch Q come on gt Press seat ventilation switch Q repeatedly until the desired ventilation level is set gt Switching off Press seat ventilation switch Q repeatedly until all indicator lamps go out If there is insufficient voltage the seat ventilating switches off automatically The red indicator lamps in seat heating switch C come on to show which heating level you have selected The seat heating switches from level 3 high to level 2 after approximately 8 minutes The seat heating switches from level 2 to level 1 low after approximately 10 minutes After approximately 20 minutes in level 1 the seat heating switches off automatically gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press seat heating switch 1 Three red indicator lamps in seat heating switch Q come on Multifunction steering wheel gt Press seat heating switch Q repeatedly until the desired seat heating level is set gt Switching off Press seat heating switch Q repeatedly until all indicator lamps go out If there is insufficient volt
10. In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts properly as entire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compartment H To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the tilt sliding panel Do not open the tilt sliding panel if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions H Please keep in mind that weather conditions can sometimes change rapidly Make sure to close the tilt sliding panel when leaving the vehicle If water enters the vehicle interior vehicle electronics could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty a Roof panel switch Raising Opening Closing The tilt sliding panel only operates with the roller sunblind retracted You can also open or close the tilt sliding panel using the SmartKey see Summer opening feature gt page 97 or see Convenience closing feature gt page 97 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel bree Controls in detail pa a Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Controls in detail bal gt Switch on the ignition Opening gt Opening manually Press and hold the roof panel switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt
11. e Parking lamps e Green indicator lamp 2 in the instrument cluster W gt Switching off Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 0 Automatic headlamp mode A Warning If the exterior lamp switch is set to A the headlamps will not automatically come on under foggy conditions To minimize risk to you and to others activate headlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to 2 when driving or when traffic and or ambient lighting conditions require you to do so In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position A to 2 with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from A to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all times gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position A When ambient light is low When the SmartKey is in starter switch position 1 or when the KEYLESS GO start stop button has been pressed once the parking lamps come on automatically When the engine is running the low beam headlamps come on additionally 5 When the parking lamps are on the tail lamps the license plate lamps the side marker lamps and the instrument clu
12. gt page 177 if you do not feel to have the ability to perform this process gt Remove the retaining hook on the passenger side gt Loosen side trim panel from its attachments and bend towards the inside so that you reach into the opening with your right hand gt Reach forward into the direction of the filler neck compartment on the inside of rear fender 2 gt Find central locking unit 3 close to the filler neck compartment gt Pull locking pin on centrallocking unit Resetting activated NECK PRO active front head restraints gt Open the fuel filler flap gt page 186 gt Reinstall side trim panel 4 gt Reinstall the retaining hook on the passenger side gt Close the trunk Resetting activated NECK PRO active If the NECK PRO active front head restraints have been triggered in a rear end collision they must be reset You can tell that the NECK PRO active front head restraints have been triggered when they have been moved forward and cannot be adjusted A Warning For safety reasons have the NECK PRO active front head restraints checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center after a rear end collision A Warning When pushing back the head restraint cushion make sure your fingers do not become caught between the head restraint cushion and the cover Failing to do so may lead to injury Practical hints E Pressing the head restraint cushion back requires
13. onthe multifunction steering wheel to select the Serv menu gt page 120 gt Press button a or v to select Tire Pressure gt Press button OK The current inflation pressure for each tire appears in the multifunction display Example illustration When the vehicle has been parked for longer than 20 minutes the message Tire pressures will be displayed after driving a few minutes appears in the multifunction display The TPMS recognizes new wheels or sensors automatically after the learn in phase As long as the tire inflation pressure values cannot be allocated to the individual wheels the message Tire Pressure Monitor Active appears Despite this message the tire inflation pressure values are monitored already With a spare wheel mounted the system may still indicate the tire inflation pressure of the removed road wheel for some minutes If this happens keep in mind that the indicated value where the spare wheel is mounted does not reflect the actual spare tire inflation pressure Operating radio transmission equipment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the TPMS to malfunction This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interfe
14. 162 Residual heat and ventilation 163 FO Mperatunens ssc dessecscessnescsseaenceesics 159 Clock sicciicitnidnnnnciannnadadencn 28 Cock pits sipeer rset 27 Cold tire inflation pressure PA E Collapsible wheel chock 231 COMAND system see separate COMAND system operating instructions Combination switch 00 90 COMPASS e eccceeseesdoclesscessiehisereeiteeuseeics 183 Control system e 112 Multifunction display 0 0 0 eee 114 Multifunction steering wheel 112 Resetting to factory settings 121 Control system menus 06 114 ASSISLANCG 2cces ceescieexecstssetertesetenisses 120 AUGIO ersi tvceeievecocsatiestene eetedia 117 N AVi aiee S 116 Service sa 120 SEWE Se a 121 Telephone cccessscsetseceasescctens esses 118 TIP E E EET 115 Control system submenus CONVENIENCE eseeeeeeeseceeereeeeeees 126 Instrument cluster ceeeeeeeeeees 122 LiSNUNE oieee sssri staer 123 Vehicle spsisissserreriseresesesrieirss onra 125 Convenience submenu Easy entry exit feature 0 126 Seat belt adjustment function 127 Coolant Anticorrosion antifreeze 305 Capacities scesero irises 302 Checking level siisii 190 Messages in the multifunction display seres ieri Ris Temperature gauge Warning lamp sesse Corner illuminating lamps Replacing DUIDS ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeee Cruise Control eee eeeeesteeeeees ACUV
15. 30 km h Below 20 mph 30 km h you can only switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS if the preceding vehicle has been detected and is shown in the multifunction display If you no longer see the preceding vehicle in the multifunction display and if it is no longer detected because it has changed lanes for example the DISTRONIC PLUS switches off and a signal sounds gt Pull the DISTRONIC PLUS lever briefly in direction of arrow 4 to call up the last set speed or if no speed is stored to set and store the current speed The DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on or gt Tap the DISTRONIC PLUS lever up or down until desired speed is set The DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Your vehicle adapts its speed to the preceding vehicle observing the set speed as a maximum value If you do not completely remove your foot from the accelerator pedal the message DISTRONIC PLUS Override appears in the multifunction display The distance to a slower driving vehicle will not be set You will drive at the speed you dictate by pressing the accelerator pedal Switching on when approaching a stationary vehicle It is helpful to switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS display in the multifunction display to see that a preceding vehicle is detected gt page 133 You can only switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS below a speed of 20 mph 30 km h when a preceding vehicle is detected Driving systems BS If the pr
16. Access the Convenience submenu via the Sett menu Use the Convenience submenu to activate the easy entry exit feature page 126 or to activate the seat belt adjustment feature gt page 127 Activating easy entry exit feature Use this function to activate and deactivate the easy entry exit feature gt page 84 Driving systems 127 A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement move steering wheel adjustment stalk or press one of the memory position buttons Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Press button lt q or gt to select the Sett menu gt Press button or a Convenience submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button v or a to select the Easy Entry Exit function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown to select the CONVENENCE 140 gt Press button OK status Depending on the previous status the Easy Entry Exit feature will be Enabled or Disabled to change the current Activating deactivating seat belt adjustment function Use this function to set
17. Anti theft alarm system s s s 66 IIMIMODINIZET sansene 66 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning Armrest front Storage compartments Ashtrays oiee Aspect ratio tires eee Assistance memu ceeeeeeeeeees ATTENTION ASSIST eee eeeeeeeees Messages in the multifunction display lt 2 ccscch aera E Acree Switching on OF Off ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees Audio Menu oee Auto dimming rear view mirrors 85 Automatic central locking 75 125 Automatic climate control see Climate control system Automatic headlamp mode 88 Automatic interior lighting control 93 Automatic locking when driving 125 Automatic shift program Automatic transmission Automatic shift program Gear range indicator Gear FANZES ic cccscecesesssesceses Gear selector lever nsere Hill start assist system 00 0 KIGKAOWN wssscccies ceesvececesssvevecessssesics Kickdown manual shift program Manual shift program sesse One touch gearshifting Program mode indicator Program mode selector switch automatic shift program Program mode selector switch manual shift program 0 109 Shifting procedure sosirii 104 Steering wheel gearshift control 108 Transmission position indicator 105 Transmission positions 0 105 AUX socket oer 170 AXE Oil Seirc 301 C Backrest s
18. For information on the seat belt adjustment function as an integrated comfort feature of the PRE SAFE system see gt page 49 NECK PRO active front head restraints The NECK PRO active front head restraints are intended to offer the driver and front passenger increased protection from whiplash type injuries In the event of a rear end collision the NECK PRO active front head restraints are designed to move forward and up in the direction of travel They thus provide the head with increased support earlier on in the collision sequence The NECK PRO active front head restraints will move forward and up whether the seats are occupied or not A Warning Do not attach any objects e g hangers to the head restraint posts Otherwise the NECK PRO active front head restraints may not be able to function properly or offer the intended degree of protection they were designed for in the event of a rear end collision A Warning Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head restraint covers may interfere with or prevent the activation of the NECK PRO active front head restraints and or the deployment of the front side impact air bags or pelvis air bags b gt Occupant safety aes Safety and security ai Occupant safety Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability When the NECK PRO active front head
19. OK to confirm selection or messages Depending on the selected menu pressing the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel will alter what appears in the multifunction display The information available in the multifunction display is arranged in menus and accompanying functions and submenus The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD operations under Audio for example These functions serve to call up relevant information or to customize the settings for your vehicle It is helpful to think of the menus and the functions within each menu as being arranged in a circular pattern In the Sett menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For instructions on using these submenus see Settings menu gt page 121 The number of menus available in the system depends on which optional equipment is installed in your vehicle Using the control system gt To select a menu Press button lt q or gt gt To select a submenu Press button Vv or a gt To go to the next higher menu level Press button 3 gt To select the standard display Press button repeatedly until the standard display featuring the odometer and speedometer appears or gt Press and hold button until the standard display featuring the trip odometer and the main odometer appears gt To confirm selection Press b
20. Occupant Classification System The Occupant Classification System OCS activates or deactivates the front passenger front air bag automatically The respective status is based on the classified occupant weight category determined by weight sensor readings from the front passenger seat The system does not deactivate e the front passenger side impact air bag e the pelvis air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs To be classified correctly the front passenger must sit e with the seat belt properly fastened e in a position that is as upright as possible with the back against the seat backrest e with the feet on the floor If the occupant s weight is transferred to another object in the vehicle e g by leaning on armrests the OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant s weight category If your seat including the trim cover and cushion needs to be serviced in any way take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only seat accessories approved by Mercedes Benz may be used Both the driver and the front passenger should always use the _B indicator lamp as an indication of whether or not the front passenger is properly positioned Z Warning If the 8 es indicator lamp illuminates when an adult or someone larger than a small individual is in the front passenger seat have the front passenger reposition himself or he
21. Some states may by law require you to visit a workshop as soon as the engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on Check local requirements Practical hints A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky gt Check the fuel cap gt page 186 gt If it is not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If it is closed properly Have the fuel system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center There is insufficient coolant in the reservoir If this warning lamp comes on frequently there is a leak in the cooling system If the coolant level is correct the electric radiator fan may be broken gt Immediately add coolant to prevent engine from overheating gt page 190 gt Have the cooling system checked gt f the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C you can continue driving to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid high engine loads e g driving uphill and stop and go driving b gt A What to do if Practical hints _ Problem z The red coolant temperature warning lamp comes on when the engine is running and an acoustic warning sounds A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur jus
22. The ESC is switched off A Warning When the ESC OFF warning lamp _ amp is on the ESC is switched off When the ESC warning lamp A and the ESC OFF warning lamp amp are on continuously the ESC is not operational due to a malfunction When the ESC is switched off or not operational vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESC H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESC switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Switching on the ESC gt Press ESC swith until the ESC OFF warning lamp amp in the instrument cluster goes out You are now again in normal driving mode with the ESC switched on _PRE SAFE Brake The PRE SAFE Brake is available in vehicles equipped with DISTRONIC PLUS The PRE SAFE Brake can assist you in minimizing the risk of a rear end collision with a vehicle in front of you The PRE SAFE Brake may also reduce the severity of an accident At speeds above approximately 20 mph 30 km h it will issue a warning when your vehicle is approaching the preceding vehicle very quickly An intermittent acoustic warning sounds and the distance warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on Due to the
23. The PRE SAFE Buchs will only respond with the distance warning lamp goes out brake assistance if it has clearly detected an when the necessary distance tothe vehicle gt object Detection can be impeded by ahead is again established g Sty Or Covered sensas The PRE SAFE Brake can react to stationary 9 e snowfall or heavy rain obstacles such as standing or parked vehicles e disturbance from other radar sources at road speeds of up to approximately 40 mph 70 km h e strong radar reflection such as in parking garages A Warning The PRE SAFE Brake uses radar signals that ii yoy do not receive visuallor AL are not reflected well by narrow objects and warning signals the PRE SAFE Brake may absorptive materials For this reason the PRE e not have recognized the collision risk SAFE Brake will not react to persons animals and approaching traffic or cross traffic The PRE SAFE Brake may not detect narrow Apply the brakes yourself to avoid a collision vehicles driving in front of you such as motorcycles and vehicles driving offset from your vehicle center e have been deactivated e be malfunctioning The PRE SAFE Brake does not always clearly interpret complex traffic situations If a visual and or acoustic warning is issued in an Warning uncritical driving situation or if the vehicle brakes lightly you can interrupt the PRE SAFE Brake maneuver by pressing down all the way on the acce
24. The hazard warning flasher comes on automatically when an air bag deploys gt Switching on Press hazard warning flasher switch Q All turn signal lamps are flashing With the hazard warning flasher activated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the respective left or right turn signals will operate when the ignition is switched on gt Switching off Press hazard warning flasher switch again if the hazard warning flasher has been activated automatically press hazard warning flasher switch to switch it off Headlamp cleaning system The headlamps will be cleaned with a high pressure water jet automatically when the engine is running and you have e switched on the headlamps and e the windshield wipers have wiped the windshield with washer fluid for the first time The headlamps are cleaned every tenth time the windshield is washed with washer fluid The counter resets when you switch off the ignition For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 191 uminating lamps The corner illuminating lamps improve illumination of the area in the direction into which you are turning The corner illuminating lamps will only operate in low ambient lighting conditions If you are driving faster than 25 mph 40 km h the corner illuminating function is not available Switching on gt Make
25. Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey is within approximately 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle it could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Hand wash gt Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight gt Only use a soft wet cloth or sponge to clean the vehicle gt Only use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo gt Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a diffused jet of water gt Do not spray directly towards the ventilation intake gt Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently gt Rinse with clean water and dry with a chamois thoroughly Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Automatic car wash A Warning The vehicle is braked when the HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS is activated Therefore deactivate the HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS before the vehicle is washed in an automatic car wash You can have your vehicle washed in an automatic car wash from the start Brushless car washes are preferable gt To protect the filter system activate the air recirculation mode using button e on the climate control panel H Do not clean your vehicle in an automatic touchless car wash which uses caustic spray Caustic spray will damage the paint or ornamental moldings If the vehicle is very dirty prewash it before running it through the automatic car wash H Ma
26. gt page 297 Always observe the speed rating of the winter tires installed on your vehicle After installing winter tires gt Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust it if necessary gt page 195 gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 196 or the Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System gt page 198 Snow chains H Some tire sizes do not leave adequate clearance for snow chains To help avoid serious damage to your vehicle or tires make sure the use of snow chains is permissible as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow Observe the following guidelines when using snow chains e Use of snow chains is not permissible with all wheel tire combinations gt page 297 e Use snow chains in pairs and on rear wheels only Follow the manufacturer s mounting instructions H if snow chains are mounted to the front wheels they may scrape against the body or axle components The tires or the vehicle could be damaged as a result e Only use snow chains that are approved by Mercedes Benz Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject e Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing sno
27. 000 224 Paintwork Code o 295 Pantie alarmi eneun 58 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel ee eeeeeesteeeeeees 165 Cleaning ssiri 226 Operations sereen 165 Roller Sunblind sececeeseceees 164 SYNCHIONIZING oo ssns 167 Parcel nets 0ccscsscess sisecesss covecssasssonseevs 168 Parking eese Ee e E E 102 Parking Guidance s 147 148 Parktronic Syst M isisisi 144 Parking and standing lamp Replacing BulbS cssecseseeess 276 Parking brake 0 00 0 ccceesseeeeeeeeeeeeees 102 Messages in the multifunction iS Play is vccccsvsecscsecetacssececeopsctceess Parking Guidance CANCeling siseseid Detecting a parking space 148 Parking s cassssscesseceecesetesseecanseescusns 148 Parking position Exterior rear view MIITOIs esee 86 Transmission position seese 105 Parktronic system Cleaning system sensors 06 225 MalfUNCtiON 0s ccsssccssteeteeveessecees Minimum distance Sensor range ose Switching on off System SENSOSS 0 eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees Warning indicators Parts service e PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp see Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Passenger safety see Occupant safety Pedals isisisi seias 217 Pelvis air bags 41 Phone see Telephone Plastic parts cleaning Power assistance Power outlets ccscessesseeseeeees Power seats see Seats Power steering Messages in the
28. 4 ise indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Z Warning If the 8 kx indicator lamp remains illuminated with an adult occupant on the front passenger seat even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any passenger use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Driving systems Display messages Cruise Control Cruise Control Inoperativ E mph Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The cruise control is malfunctioning In addition an acoustic warning sounds gt Have the cruise control checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center One of the activation conditions for cruise control has not been fulfilled You may have attempted to set a speed below 20 mph 30 km h gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h if the situation allows and set the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 128 b gt Practical hints Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages DISTRONIC PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS Currently Unavai lab e See Operator s Manual Inoperativ Override Possible causes c
29. All turn signal lamps flash three times and an acoustic signal sounds three times to confirm locking gt Lower the trunk lid using handle or gt Close trunk lid with hands placed flat on trunk lid The trunk lid can be opened from inside the trunk with the emergency release button __ gt Briefly press emergency release button The emergency release button unlocks and opens the trunk while the vehicle is standing still or in motion Illumination of the emergency release button e The button flashes for 30 minutes after opening the trunk e The button flashes for 60 minutes after closing the trunk The emergency release button does not open the trunk if the vehicle battery is discharged or disconnected Locking and unlocking You can lock the trunk separately with the mechanical key This denies unauthorized access to the trunk e g when you valet park the vehicle gt Leave only the SmartKey less its mechanical key with the vehicle Controls in detail FR P80 20 3507 31 gt Valet locking Close the trunk gt Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 271 gt Insert the mechanical key in the trunk lid lock gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position 2 and remove the mechanical key in that position to lock the trunk The trunk remains locked even when the vehicle is centrally unlocked You can then only open the trunk with the me
30. Mounting Holder e g for gas cards Vanity mirror Vanity mirror cover Glare through the windshield gt Flip sun visor down when you experience glare Glare through a door window gt Close vanity mirror cover if opened gt Disengage sun visor from mounting 2 gt Pivot sun visor to the side gt Opening Slide cover Q forward Useful features gt Adjust sun visor by pushing or pulling Vanity mirror The vanity mirror lamp only functions when the sun visor is engaged in mounting 2 gt Flip sun visor down gt Lift up vanity mirror cover Vanity mirror lamp Q comes on Rear window sunshade A Warning When operating the rear window sunshade make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the extending or retracting procedure The extending or retracting procedure can be immediately halted by briefly pressing rear window sunshade switch To reverse direction of movement press rear window sunshade switch again N Observe Safety notes see page 53 E gt Switch on the ignition gt Extending Retracting Press rear window sunshade switch Q briefly Ashtrays Center console ashtray A storage compartment is located under the ashtray insert H The storage compartment is not heat proof When smoking always make sure the ashtray insert is present and properly inserted Controls in detail Fe gt Opening Press cover Q f
31. The SmartKey in the starter switch does not belong to the vehicle gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The batteries in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO are discharged gt Replace the batteries gt page 274 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not detected while the engine is running because the SmartKey is not in the vehicle gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Search for the SmartKey The vehicle cannot be locked centrally nor can the engine be started again after the engine is stopped Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages fi fi fi Key Not Detected message appears in red Key Not Detected message appears in white Remove STOPE Button and Insert Key Check Washer Fluid Power Steering Mal functio n See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not detected while the engine is running because there Is strong radio frequency interference gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Remove the KEYLESS GO button from the starter switch gt page 79 gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is momentarily not detected gt Change the position of the SmartKey in the vehicle gt f necessary remove the KEYLESS GO button
32. Tires below the reference value The respective tire is indicated in the multifunction display gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 279 A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Symbol messages Brake Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Check The brake pads have reached their wear limit Brake Pad Have the brake pads replaced as soon as possible at an Wear authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Brake pad thickness must be visually inspected by a qualified technician at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet Vehicle status messages in the mul
33. We have selected vehicle care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care products at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the vehicle care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care products Power washer H Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on maintaining a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connectors seals or other rubber parts Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey is within approximately 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle it could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Vehicle care ee Operation i A Vehicle care Operation O Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before
34. When driving with a spare wheel mounted ensure proper tire inflation pressure and do not exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h Contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to have the spare wheel replaced with a regular road wheel Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted Do not switch off the ESC when a spare wheel is mounted Preparing the vehicle gt Whenever possible park the vehicle in a safe distance from moving traffic on a hard flat surface gt Turn on the hazard warning flasher b gt 279 Practical hints Pa a Flat tire Practical hints gt Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in a straight ahead position gt Engage the parking brake gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door can then be closed again Open doors only when conditions are safe to do so gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Open doors only when conditions are safe to do So Mounting the spare wheel Introduction gt Prepare
35. You can adjust the air temperature on the rear passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C gt Increasing decreasing Press rocker Dual zone automatic climate control switch or gt page 155 You can adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at Z Warning 72 F 22 C When operating the climate control the air gt Increasing decreasing Press rocker that enters the passenger compartment switch or 2 gt page 153 up or down through the air vents can be very hot or very cold depending on the set temperature This 3 zone automatic climate control may cause burns or frostbite to unprotected kin in the immediate area of the air vents Always keep sufficient distance between unprotected parts of the body and the air vents If necessary use the air distribution adjustment to direct the air to air vents in the vehicle interior that are not in the immediate area of unprotected skin The indicator lamp above button auto goes out Controls in detail Fe You can set the air temperature for each of the 3 zones separately You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C For best possible performance of the climate control
36. a Automatic headlamp mode Daytime running lamp mode b gt Lighting Controls in detail eed 5 500 Parking lamps 6 2 Low beam headlamps or high beam headlamps 7 o Vehicles without front fog lamps Rear fog lamp 7 40 Vehicles with front fog lamps Front fog lamps 8 o Vehicles with front fog lamps Rear fog lamp The exterior lamps except standing lamps or parking lamps go out automatically when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or open the driver s door with the ignition switched off When the parking lamps or the rear fog lamp are switched on and you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and open the driver s door an acoustic signal sounds In addition the message Switch Off Lights appears in the multifunction display Switch off the parking lamps or the rear fog lamp manually H Failure to switch off the parking lamps when leaving the vehicle may result in a discharged battery Vehicles without front fog lamps For better detection of the vehicle the LED daytime running lamps are dimmed to parking lamp level when the low beam headlamps are switched on Low beam headlamps The low beam headlamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 2 The following lamps come on e Low beam headlamps
37. a or Y onthe multifunction steering wheel to select Tire Pressure gt Press button OK on the multifunction steering wheel to confirm The following message appears in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator Active Press OK to Restart gt Press button OK The following message will appear in the multifunction display Tire Pressure Now OK Cancel Yes gt If you wish to confirm Press button A jor Y to select Yes gt Press button OK The following message will appear in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator Restarted After a certain learning phase the tire pressure loss warning system checks the set pressure values for all four tires gt If you wish to cancel Press button a or v to select Cancel gt Press button OK to confirm The previous settings remain unchanged Operation P af Tires and wheels Operation lew Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS USA only Your vehicle is equipped with the Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS It measures the tire inflation pressure in the vehicle s tires and issues warnings in case of pressure loss in one or more of the tires The TPMS is equipped with a combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale in the instrument cluster Depending on how the telltale illumi
38. device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Using the radar sensors the PRE SAFE Brake detects obstacles that are in your driving path for a sufficient period of time for the system to recognize it If you approach a vehicle and the PRE SAFE Brake has established that the distance to the vehicle ahead at your current speed is so close that the PRE SAFE Brake will not be capable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently the system will initially warn you visually and acoustically If you do not apply the brakes yourself or maneuver around a sensed obstacle the vehicle will brake lightly automatically The PRE SAFE system gt page 50 is activated when the distance to the vehicle ahead at Driving safety systems bree your current speed is so close that the PRE To maintain the proper distance to the vehicle SAFE Brake will not be capable of slowing in front of you and thus prevent a rear end the vehicle sufficiently collision you must apply the brakes yourself When the danger of a collision still persists gt Brake the vehicle immediately to avoid a a and you do not brake or accelerate collision significantly the PRE SAFE Brake may Under no circumstances should the driver initiate full application of the brakes await the intermittent warning sound 5 automatically before braking Observe the following 2 A Warning warning note 7 The intermittent warning sound ceasesand P
39. eeeeeeeeeeees 124 Additives EMSiMG Oil css scsisesiebces cocetsntceatensncteces 303 GASOIING 220 cseesscssvsesecese seats eesassers 304 Address change l 20 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS reee a ern SE 198 Messages in the multifunction display Air Jags scscissscscesnecadstascatecysdeceedetesseeds Emergency call upon deployment 176 Front driver and passenger 40 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Kee Dag oiis Messages in the multifunction display serer a EEE 235 OCS Occupant Classification SYSTEM ririn AEAEE 42 PGIVIS cscssvsieeussvescoreseveesscnectevencvesscnccsy 41 Safety Buidelines c seesseecceesss 38 Side IMPAaCt s0 ssccecccastecessereecaconeess 40 Window CUMEAIN 0 6 ssdcscssetiagsatesasaaess 42 Air conditioning refrigerant and lubricante dsccvessesesscecilacascaseteestedeneis 303 Air distribution ceceeeeeee 161 Air pressure see Tire inflation pressure Air pressure tires cee 213 Air recirculation mode 163 Air volume l a 161 Cor e Alarm system see Anti theft systems Alignment bolt vehicle tool kit 282 Alternator Messages in the multifunction Gisplay seicesecsercesesvieecesvoueseanes 241 254 Alternator Technical data see Vehicle specification Anticorrosion antifreeze 305 Antilock Brake System see ABS Anti theft systems 00 0 0 eee 66
40. gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the automatic transmission in park position P With KEYLESS GO gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button With the driver s door closed the starter switch is nowin position 1 With the driver s door opened the starter switch is set to position 0 same as the SmartKey removed from the starter switch gt page 78 If an acoustic warning sounds you have tried to turn off the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button while the automatic transmission was not in park position P Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 240 Controls in detail fl In an emergency you can turn off the engine while driving by pressing and holding the KEYLESS GO start stop button for approximately 3 seconds Automatic transmission Introduction For information on driving with an automatic transmission see Driving and parking gt page 98 A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between or under the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and
41. off system Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 159 control passenger side Controls the climate gt page 158 control automatically FOCUS MEDIUM DIFFUSE G Air volume gt page 161 Air distribution gt page 161 Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 159 control driver s side Rear climate control panel Climate control system Function Temperature control raising Display O Temperature control lowering Notes on climate control system The climate control system is operational whenever the engine is running You can operate the climate control system in either the automatic or manual mode The system cools or heats the interior depending on the selected interior temperature It can only function optimally when you are driving with the windows and the tilt sliding panel closed Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air enters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system Z Warning Severe conditions e g strong air pollution may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled replacement interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior and the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Have a clogged filter replaced as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The air conditioning will not enga
42. or Do not release the button Indicator lamp will begin to flash after 20 seconds gt Without releasing the signal transmitter button proceed with programming starting with step 3 Operation of integrated remote control gt Switch on the ignition gt Select and press the appropriate integrated signal transmitter button or to activate the remote controlled device The integrated remote control transmitter continues to send the signal as long as the button is pressed up to 20 seconds Erasing the integrated remote control memory if you sell your vehicle erase the codes of all three channels gt Switch on the ignition gt Simultaneously press and hold outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and for approximately 20 seconds until indicator lamp flashes rapidly Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The codes of all three channels are erased Programming tips If you are having difficulty programming the integrated remote control here are some helpful tips e Check the frequency of hand held remote control typically located on the reverse side of the remote The integrated remote control is compatible with radio frequency devices operating between 280 390 MHz e Put a new battery in hand held remote control This will increase the likelihood of the hand held remote control sending a stronger and more accurate signal to the integrated remote control e While perfor
43. part of the SRS e Do not install additional trim material seat covers badges etc over the steering wheel hub front passenger front air bag cover outboard sides of the seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims e Do not install additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring e Keep area between air bags and occupants free of objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc e Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may be thrown around in the vehicle and cause head and other injuries when the window curtain air bag is deployed Airbag system components will be hot after an air bag has inflated Do not touch them Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or ETD our safety instructions must be followed These instructions are available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Given the considerable deployment speed required inflation volume and the material of the air bags there is the possibility of
44. possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for b gt Occupant safety Safety and security z Occupant safety Safety and security LJ the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint y Seat belt presenter Q for driver and front passenger makes it easier to put on the seat belt Seat belt presenter Q slides out when the corresponding door is closed and the ignition is turned on N Warning Seat belt presenter Q must be retracted while the vehicle is in motion Only when seat belt presenter is retracted can the seat belt be properly positioned on the body and protect the occupant as intended Seat belt presenter Q slides back e right after you push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks e after approximately 60 seconds if you do not push the latch plate into the buckle e if the respective door is opened e if you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 e if you release a front seat backrest and fold it forward e after approximately 5 seconds when the passenge
45. pressures since a gradual pressure loss in more than one tire cannot be detected by the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure loss warning system is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of tire inflation pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure loss warning system must be restarted in the following situations e after you have changed the tire inflation pressure e after you have replaced the wheels or tires e after you have installed new wheels or tires gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is correct A Warning The tire pressure loss warning system can only warn you in a reliable manner if you have set the correct tire inflation pressures for each tire Tires and wheels The tire inflation pressures are not listed in If an incorrect tire inflation pressure was set the system will monitor the pressure according to the incorrect value gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button lt 4 or gt onthe multifunction steering wheel to select the Serv menu gt page 120 gt Press button
46. 117 e Operating audio devices audio media gt page 117 e Operating video DVD gt page 118 If the COMAND system is currently switched off the message Audio Off appears in the multifunction display gt To adjust the volume Press button or onthe multifunction steering wheel Selecting radio station The SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio is treated as a radio application For more information on SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Additional optional satellite radio equipment and a subscription to a satellite radio service provider are required for satellite radio operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle gt Switch on the COMAND system and select radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button lt q or gt Audio menu The currently tuned station appears in the multifunction display to select the Control system 117 Example illustration for FM radio Stored memory position Station frequency Wave band setting gt Selecting next or previous stored station Press button v or A to select a stored station gt Selecting next or previous station in wave band Press and hold button or A to select a station briefly You can only store new stations using the cor
47. 118 Press toed al o Press and hold button to set the volume Alorly le 1713 Press button X to mute to select previous or next Press button ut to track or scene with quick Activate the Voice Ganira search or to select previous System or next station in waveband if no station list is available within Audio menu 117 to start the quick search in the phone book within Te menu 118 2 Function only available in telephone menu 3 Function only available in vehicles with Voice Control System Multifunction steering wheel Ea Function Page Press button OK to confirm selection or message Iig to switch to the phone book 118 to dial a selected phone number 119 2 Function only available in telephone menu Ai Center console E Center console 7 i oH Ata glance a T EER Thin felt ty Function Page Function Page Hazard warning flasher Sport driving mode on off switch 92 button 143 Alarm system indicator Dual zone automatic lamp 66 climate control 153 Front passenger front air ene eis Sas bag off indicator lamp ADE control Canada only 155 Rear window defroster 164 Electronic Stability Control system ESC switch 62 Ashtray 173 Cigarette lighter 174 COMAND system see g separate operating Gear selector lever 103 instructions Cup holder 171 Seat heati 83 eae Front armrest storage _ Seat ventilation 82 compartments 171 Rear window sunshade COMAND con
48. 273 Replacing SmartKey batteries 274 Replacing bulbs ccceeeeeeee 275 Replacing wiper blades 278 Elat tire ere eer re ney ee ears 279 Battery a e E cress enemas 283 Jump starting e e 285 Towing the vehicle 008 287 Fuses o e REE 290 Practical hints E A Where will I find Practical hints _ Vehicle equipment Center to obtain the tools approved for your vehicle This Operator s Manual describes all The vehicle tool kit includes features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your e Fuse chart vehicle might not be equipped with all e Jack 3 features described in this manual Collapsible wheel chock 3 e Pair of gloves e Towing eye bolt Where will find e Wheel wrench E o the trunk gt page 76 Check expiration dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace missing expired items The first aid kit is located in the trunk on the right side secured by a tensioning strap am gt Loosen tensioning strap First aid kit can be removed The vehicle tool kit is located in the space underneath the trunk floor gt Engage floor handle Q on upper trunk Vehicles without spare wheel are not lip factory equipped with the tools required for a wheel change such asa jack orawheel i To prevent damage a
49. 4 gt Step 6 if applicable If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 205 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 Ibs This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 202 Operation b gt on Tires and wheels Operation Let Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 The higher the weight of all occupants the less cargo and luggage load capacity is available For more information see Trailer tongue Combined weight limit of occupants and cargo from Tire and Loading Information placard Number of occupants driver and passengers Seating configuration Occupants weight Combined weight of all occupants Available cargo luggage and trailer tongue weight total load limit from Tire and Loading Information placard minus combined weight of all occupants load gt page 205 Example 1 1500 Ibs Example 1 5 front 2 rear 3 Occupant 1 150 Ibs Occupant 2 180 Ibs Occupant 3 160 Ibs Occupant 4 140
50. 77 Emergency Tensioning Device see ETD Emission control c seeeeees 220 Information label cseeeeeeeeeeee 295 System Warranties 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeee 19 Engine Break in recommendations Cleaning si cess ecsstesccsscesesseess COMPAMMENE sessist Malfunction indicator lamp Messages in the multifunction display engen aE 252 NUMD GR sisser 295 Stanin E s spcciessceeck oecedecesesssbecectecesteosess 99 Turning Offenen 103 Engine Technical data see Vehicle specification Engine coolant see Coolant Engine oil AO GINS ccstz cscs tsseeeshstsesisseteesaceuaeeees 190 AGOILIVES sscccsvevstevedscvessecateestestessessd 303 Checking leveli isisisi seteris 189 CONSUMPEIOMN nesrin 189 Messages in the multifunction GISP AY wessseseseset cans esdire eter reinis 254 OIGIPStICK ereenn 189 Recommended engine oils and oil PILOT sei ansscstdacestsnccecs Aatesavececssneeees 302 ESC Electronic Stability Control 62 EMS A E E 62 Messages in the multifunction display sesssssriirirrisesssss 245 246 247 Warning lamp z c ccsssesessssecastcesseescsese 265 ETD Emergency Tensioning DEVICE i sisceis 2scscssisestecdecstestidsescteustastees 50 Safety guidelines eee eeeseeeeeee 38 ETS Electronic Traction System 62 Express operation Panorama TOOP secere 165 POWED WINCOWS siiiiicseiricctoesississsss 95 Exterior lamp switch eee 87 Exterior rear view mirrors 85 Parking posit
51. Controls in detail Fa Star g _ Aa For more information see Automatic Z Warning transmission gt page 103 Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in health All exhaust gas contains carbon park position P monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times With SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 gt page 78 and release it The engine starts automatically With KEYLESS GO A Warning As long as the SmartKey is in your vehicle the vehicle can be started Therefore never leave children unattended in the vehicle as they could otherwise accidentally start the engine When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury o Driving and parking Controls in detail bl You can start your vehicle wit
52. KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 1 When the current position for the steering wheel is in the uppermost tilt position the steering wheel will no longer be able to move upward when the easy entry exit feature is activated The adjustment procedure is briefly interrupted when the engine is started A Warning Let the system complete the adjustment procedure before setting the vehicle in motion All steering wheel adjustment must be completed before setting the vehicle in motion Driving off with the steering wheel still adjusting could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Crash responsive exit aid When you open the driver s door after an accident has occurred the steering column moves up The position of the SmartKey in the starter switch is insignificant This function facilitates exiting as well as rescue of vehicle occupants The crash responsive exit aid can only be triggered when the easy entry exit feature is activated via the control system Adjust the interior and exterior rear view mirrors before driving so that you have a good view of the road and traffic conditions gt Adjust the interior rear view mirror manually A Warning Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your interior rear view mirror and gla
53. Prowse chos jusqe ke Neurreiticoas abris rass P8B 60 2271 3t Example illustration Tire inflation pressures for particular tire sizes Some tire inflation pressure labels may only show the rim diameter instead of the entire tire size e g R 18 or 18 The rim diameter is part of the tire size as specified on the tire sidewall gt page 209 P40 00 2178 21 Example illustration Tire inflation pressures specific to rim diameter Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires Underinflated tires Z Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Underinflated tires can e cause excessive and uneven tire wear e adversely affect fuel economy Tires and wheels EES e lead to tire failure from being overheated e adversely affect handling characteristics Overinflated tires A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Operation ioe Overinflated tires can e adversely affect handling characteristics e cause uneven tire wea
54. Regardless of the tire speed rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use prudent driving speeds appropriate to prevailing conditions Speed symbol indicates the approved maximum speed tire speed rating for the tire Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 km h T up to 118 mph 190 km h Index Speed rating H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h Ww up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR Y above 186 mph 300 km h ZR above 149 mph 240 km h e At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 To determine the maximum speed capability of the tire the service description for the tire must be referred to The service description is comprised of load index and speed symbol If your tire includes ZR in the size designation and no service description is given the tire manufacturer must be consulted for the maximum speed capability If a service description is given the speed capability is limited by the speed symbol in the service description Example 245 40 ZR18 97Y In this example 97Y is the service description The letter Y designates the speed rating and the speed capability of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h Any t
55. Release the roof panel switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To open the tilt sliding panel completely press the roof panel switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the roof panel switch in any direction When the tilt sliding panel is open resonance noises may result in addition to the usual wind noises They are caused by minimal pressure changes in the passenger compartment To reduce or eliminate these noises change the position of the tilt sliding panel or open a window slightly Raising gt Raising manually Press and hold the roof panel switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Release the roof panel switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To raise the tilt sliding panel completely press the roof panel switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the roof panel switch in any direction Express raising is not available when the tilt sliding panel is open The tilt sliding panel must be closed first Closing gt Closing manually Pull and hold the roof panel switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow gt Release the roof panel switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To close the tilt sliding panel completely pull the roof panel
56. Switch off the daytime running lamp mode in the control system gt page 123 gt Switch off the headlamps using the exterior lamp switch gt page 87 The left or right low beam lamp is malfunctioning gt Halogen headlamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 275 gt Bi Xenon headlamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The rear fog lamp is malfunctioning This message will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible b gt Practical hints E Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages O an O NA Switch Off Lights Check Left Tail and Brake Lamps or Check Right Tail and Brake Lamps Check Left Cornering Light or Check Right Cornering Light Check Rear Left Turn Signal or Check Rear Right Turn Signal Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch opened the driver s door and left the headlamps on or removed the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the vehicle and left the headlamps on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to o Jor A gt page 87 or gt With the fog lamps switched on Push in the exterior lamp switch to its stop The left or right tail lamp brake lamp is malfunctioning This message will only appear if all LE
57. The PRE SAFE system has failed All other occupant safety systems such as the air bags are still available gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The PRE SAFE Brake is temporarily unavailable The PRE SAFE Brake is deactivated because e the DISTRONIC PLUS cover in the radiator grille is dirty e the area around the sensors in the front or the rear bumper is dirty e its function is impaired as a result of heavy precipitation e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative due to electromagnetic interference near television and radio transmitter stations toll stations speed measuring systems etc e the system is out of the operating temperature range the battery voltage is insufficient The PRE SAFE Brake becomes operational again and the message in the multifunction display disappears when e dirt on the radiator grille has fallen off while driving e g slush or snow e the system recognizes full sensor availability due to lessening rain or the road surface drying e the system is within the operating temperature range If the message in the multifunction display does not disappear gt Clean the DISTRONIC PLUS cover in the radiator grille gt page 225 gt Clean the front and the rear bumper gt page 225 gt Restart the vehicle gt Wait until the battery recovers The PRE SAFE Brake is unavailable due to a malfunction The BAS PLUS may also be unavailable
58. The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Production options weight The combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 Ibs 2 3 kilograms in excess of those standard items which they replace not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim PSI Pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for air pressure Recommended tire inflation pressure The recommended tire inflation pressure for normal driving conditions is listed on the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar It provides best handling tread life and riding comfort Supplemental information pertaining to special driving situations can be found on the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead TIN Tire Identification Number Unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufacturers to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of man
59. Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges Controls in detail Foal TA Control system Controls in detail L The fuel gauge is on the left hand side of the instrument cluster gt page 28 Once the fuel level has fallen below the reserve mark the yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp fe for the fuel reserve comes on Control system The control system is activated as soon as the starter switch is in position 2 The control system enables you to call up information about your vehicle and to change vehicle settings For example you can use the control system to find out when your vehicle is next due for maintenance service to call up statistical data on your vehicle and much more Z Warning A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others selecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions permit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m ev
60. Warranty Hydroplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires In heavy rain or b gt Operation ia Operation Led Driving instructions when conditions indicate possible hydroplaning gt Reduce vehicle speed gt Avoid track grooves in the road gt Apply brakes cautiously Standing water H Do not drive through flooded areas Before driving through water determine its depth If you must drive through standing water drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Driving abroad If you plan to drive the vehicle outside the U S or Canada you should request dealer network information for your destination from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Control and operation of radio transmitters Safety notes A Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before
61. With the 8 is indicator lamp illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated With Occupant safety Ea the 8 ie indicator lamp out the front passenger front air bag is activated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as an adult or someone larger than a small individual the 8 k indicator lamp will illuminate for o 6 seconds when the engine is started and then goes out indicating that the front passenger front air bag is activated If the 8 indicator lamp is illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated and will not be deployed If the 8 scor indicator lamp is not illuminated th front passenger front air bag is activated and will be deployed Safety and security J e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e independently of the side impact air bags or pelvis air bag If the front passenger front air bag is deployed the rate of inflation will be influenced by e the rate of relevant vehicle deceleration as assessed by the air bag control unit e the front passenger s weight category as identified by the OCS For more information on air bag display messages in the multifunction display see gt page 235 Z Warning According to accident
62. You can also use the kickdown while driving in manual program mode M when you want maximum acceleration gt U S vehicles Fully depress the accelerator pedal Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission shifts into a lower gear gt Canada vehicles Depress the accelerator pedal past the point of resistance Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission shifts into a lower gear You cannot shift with the gear selector lever or the steering wheel gearshift control when using the kickdown Deactivating manual shift program gt Press the program mode selector switch repeatedly until C or S appears in the multifunction display or gt Restart the engine The automatic transmission will go to automatic program mode C Manual program mode M is not stored Emergency operation limp home mode If vehicle acceleration becomes less responsive or sluggish or the automatic transmission no longer shifts the automatic transmission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In this mode only second gear and reverse gear R can be selected gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting gt Restart the engine gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D for second gear or reverse gear R gt Have the automatic transmis
63. a standstill Lighting kee the daytime running lamps or the low beam headlamps will go out with a delay of 3 minutes e turn the exterior lamp switch to position 300 the daytime running lamps and the parking lamps come on in bright ambient lighting conditions e turn the exterior lamp switch to position 2 the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 87 USA only When the engine is running and you turn the exterior lamp switch to position z002 or 2 the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 87 Controls in detail FA Fog lamps Fog lamps cannot be switched on with the exterior lamp switch in position A or 0 A Warning In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from position A to 2 with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from _A_ to 2 will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident Front fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on The rear fog lamp can only be switched on with the exterior lamp switch in position 2 Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction
64. abrasions or other potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deployment If you sell your vehicle we strongly recommend that you inform the subsequent owner that the vehicle is equipped with SRS Also refer them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Occupant safety E Safety and security E i Occupant safety Safety and security Oo Front air bags A Observe Safety notes see page 37 Driver s front air bag Q and front passenger front air bag are designed to provide increased protection for the driver and front passenger against the risk of injuries to the head and thorax Driver and front passenger front air bag and driver s side knee bag are deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt e depending on whether the respective seat belt is in use e independently of the side impact air bags pelvis air bags and or the window curtain air bags The front air bags in this vehicle have been designed to inflate in two stages This allows the air bags to have different rates of inflation The rate of inflation is based on the vehicle deceleration rate as assessed by the air bag control unit The front passenger front air bag deployment is additionally influenced by the passenger s weight category as identified by the Occupant Classification System O
65. air bag may not work properly Si de i gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Curtain Mercedes Benz Center Airbag Malfunctio in SERVICE Required Z Warning Center immediately to have the system In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display ee Driving systems Display messages SSS Vehicle Attention Assist Time for a rest Attention Assist Inoperativ Display messages P Lock Seat Backrest Front Left or Lock Seat Backrest Front Right Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The ATTENTION ASSIST has determined that your concentration has declined considering certain criteria In addition an acoustic warning sounds gt Take a rest if required During long trips take regular and duly rests that allow you to recover sufficiently The ATTENTION ASSIST is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Practical hints The trunk is open gt Close the trunk gt page 76
66. air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and for children 12 years old and under use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child 2 Always wear seat belts properly Air bags are designed to deploy only in certain e frontal impacts front air bags and driver s side knee bag e side impacts side impact air bags pelvis air bags and window curtain air bags if the system determines the need for air bag deployment Only in the event of such a situation will they provide their supplemental protection The driver and passengers should always wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for the air bags to provide their supplemental protection In case of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds air bags will not deploy The driver and passengers will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A properly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Air bags are not a substitute for seat belts Always wear your seat belt regardless of whether or not your vehicle is equipped with air bags It is important to your safety and that of your passengers to ha
67. and then monitored gt If you wish to cancel Press button F or gt Press button A to exit the menu screen When the wheel positions have been changed the inflation pressure of a tire Tires and wheels may be displayed for the wrong position Loading the vehicle temporarily After driving for a few minutes the inflation pressure will be shown for the correct position Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard can be found on the driver s door Maximum tire inflation pressure B pillar This placard tells you important 5 information about the number of people A Warning that can be in the vehicle and the total E Never exceed the maximum tire inflation weight that can be carried in the vehicle pressure Follow recommended tire inflation It also contains information onthe proper pressures size and recommended tire inflation 2 Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires pressures for the original equipment tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely on your vehicle D affect handling and fuel economy and are 2 The certification label also found on the 6 more likely to fail from being overheated driver s door B pillar It tells you about the Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can gross weight capacity of your vehicle adversely affec
68. at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h While being towed with the hazard warning flasher in use use the combination switch in the usual manner to signal turns Only the selected turn signal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the hazard warning flasher will operate again Introduction The electrical fuses in your vehicle serve to switch off malfunctioning power circuits If a fuse is blown the components and systems secured by that fuse will stop operating Z Warning Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz with the specified amperage for the system in question and do not attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Using other than approved fuses or using repaired or bridged fuses may cause an overload leading to a fire and or cause damage to electrical components and or systems Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A blown fuse must be replaced by an appropriate spare fuse recognizable by its color or the fuse rating given on the fuse of the amperage recommended in the fuse chart Any Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject Incase of a blown fuse contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If a newly inserted fuse blows again have the cause determined and rectified by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The fuse chart is located in the trunk with the vehicle tool kit gt page 230 The fuse chart
69. belt Observe the following points e Adjust the seat backrest until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far back as possible with the driver still able to operate the controls properly e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible The center of the head restraint must support the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted Failure to do so could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Z Warning The power seats can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional informa
70. belt adjustment function gt page 127 Instrument cluster submenu Access the Instr Cluster submenu via the Sett menu Use the Instr Cluster submenu to change the instrument cluster display settings The following functions are available e Selecting speedometer display mode gt page 122 e Permanent display speed display or outside temperature gt page 123 Selecting speedometer display mode gt Press lt q or P to select the Sett menu gt Press button v or a to select the Instr Cluster submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button v or a to select the Display Unit Speed Odometer function The current setting is shown Display Unit Odometer Control system 123 gt Press button OK Depending on the Display Unit Sp set to miles or km The selected display unit is valid for e Odometer and trip odometer e Trip computer e Digital speedometer in the trip menu e Cruise control e Navigation displays Permanent display You can use the Permanent Display function to choose to display either the outside temperature or the speed in kilometers USA or permanently miles Canada gt Press button lt q or gt Sett menu gt Press button v or A Instr Cluster submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button Vv or
71. can result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recommended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on retreads The operating safety of the vehicle cannot be assured when such tires are used A Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You could lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Important guidelines e Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make e Tires must be of the correct size for the rim e Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds e Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage to the tire beads e If the vehicle is heavily loaded check tire inflation pre
72. cannot access the battery of the other vehicle provide jump start power by an external battery or starter pack e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic converter are cold e Do not jump start the engine or charge the battery if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first e Only jump start from batteries with the same voltage rating 12 V Jump starting with a more powerful battery could damage the vehicle s electrical system Such Position represents the charged battery of another vehicle or an equivalent starter pack damage will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Only use jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts that move when an engine is started or running e Should the battery be drained completely let the donating power source charge the vehicle for several minutes before reattempting the starting process The jump start contacts are located in the engine compartment on the passenger side gt Make sure the two vehicles do not touch gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Engage the parking brake gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt Open the hood gt page 188 P54 10 3257 31 gt Slide cover Q from positive terminal in direction of arrow H Never invert the t
73. check the electrolyte level However the battery condition must be checked periodically by performing a battery conductance test Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery condition testing intervals The factory equipped battery may only be replaced with a battery that e has the same security features e is of identical size e is of identical voltage e is of identical capacity H As any other battery the battery may discharge if you do not operate the vehicle for an extended period of time Have the battery disconnected at a qualified workshop or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in such a case You may also connect an accessory battery charge unit expressly approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to maintain the battery charge Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information The battery the battery ventilation hose and the lateral plug must always be securely installed when the vehicle is in operation H Never loosen or detach battery terminal clamps while the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch or KEYLESS GO button is in position 1 Otherwise the alternator and other electronic components could be severely damaged Have the battery checked regularly at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refer to Maintenance Booklet for maintenance intervals or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information Charging the battery A Warning Never charge a b
74. checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 260 gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P When you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once and the driver s door is open the power supply is switched off KEYLESS GO start stop button USA only Canada only Controls in detail s Safety notes Z Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle control the following must be done before the vehicle is put into motion e seat adjustment e head restraint adjustment e steering wheel adjustment e rear view mirror adjustment e fastening of seat belts A Warning Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and seat belts are properly positioned on the body A Warning Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat
75. console Problem Ae The front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated with the weight of a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual on the front passenger seat A Warning If the By ko indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated with the weight of a Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The system is malfunctioning gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 232 individual on the front passenger seat do not have any passenger use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired typical adult or someone larger than a small Problem 2 PASS The front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp does not illuminate and or does not remain illuminated with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less on the front passenger seat Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The system is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat and check installation of the child seat gt Make sure no objects applying supplemental weight onto the seat are present gt f the front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp remains out have the system check
76. fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system b gt A Tires and wheels Operation le checked for brake pad thickness and leaks immediately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem For more information see Practical hints When checking the brake fluid level the vehicle must be parked on level ground AN m T gy A NODA SE e250 The brake fluid level is correct when it is between lower mark MIN 2 and upper mark MAX of the brake fluid reservoir Tires and wheels Safety notes Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer advice concerning tire service and purchase A Warning Replace rims or tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted the wheel brakes or suspension components can be damaged Also the operating clearance of the wheels and the tires may no longer be correct A Warning Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so
77. folding a wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Do not allow a wiper arm to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted Mercedes Benz recommends that you have this work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 gt page 78 Removing wiper blades H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear gt Fold the wiper arm forward until it snaps into place gt Turn the wiper blade at a right angle to wiper arm gt Slide the wiper blade sideways out of the retainer Flat tire Installing wiper blades gt Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it locks in place gt Rotate the wiper blade into a position parallel to the wiper arm gt Fold the wiper arm backward to rest on the windshield Make sure you hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back H Make sure the wiper blades are installed properly Improperly installed wiper blades may cause windshield damage Safety notes A Warning The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a spare wheel mounted Adapt your driving style accordingly The spare wheel is for temporary use only
78. for other road users is reduced and the illumination of road ahead is improved The transitions between low beam and high beam headlamps take place without a sudden change of light A Warning The Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid intended to support you while driving The driver is and remains responsible for proper vehicle lighting in accordance with the prevailing light sight and traffic conditions The system may be impaired or unavailable when e visibility is poor e g due to snow rain fog or heavy spray e the optical sensor area of the windshield is dirty fogged up or covered by a sticker for example The system cannot recognize the following road users e Road users without a lighting system of their own e g pedestrians e Road users with dim lighting of their own e g cyclists e Road users whose lighting is obstructed e g road users behind a guardrail e n some seldom cases even road users with a lighting system of their own may be recognized too late or not at all The automatic high beam headlamps will then not be deactivated or it will be activated in spite of preceding or oncoming road users This could endanger you and or others and cause an accident Always pay close attention to the traffic situation and switch off the high beam manually if necessary gt Activating Enable the Adaptive Highbeam Assist via the control system gt page 124 gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to po
79. high force If you encounter difficulties when pushing the head restraint back please have the procedure performed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replacing SmartKey batteries Practical hints gt Pull the top of the head restraint cushion in direction of arrow as far as it will go gt Adjust the head restraint cushion downward in direction of arrow 2 as far as it will go gt Firmly press the top of the head restraint cushion towards the head restraint cover in direction of arrow 8 until it engages gt Repeat this procedure on the NECK PRO active front head restraint for the second front seat For information on NECK PRO active front head restraints see NECK PRO active front head restraints gt page 51 Replacing SmartKey batteries If the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to have the batteries replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive substances Therefore keep the batteries out of reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately A Warning SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Batteries contain
80. hood when the engine is overheated You could be seriously injured Observe the coolant temperature gauge to determine whether the engine may be overheated If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment move away from the vehicle Wait until the engine has cooled If necessary call the fire department Z Warning You could be injured when the hood is open even when the engine is turned off Parts of the engine can become very hot To prevent burns let the engine cool completely before touching any components on the vehicle Comply with all relevant safety precautions A Warning To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30 seconds or may even restart after the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades A Warning The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ignition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system e with the engine running e while starting the engine e when the ignition is switched on and the engine is turned manually gt Pull hood lock release lever a The hood is unlocked H Never open the hood if the wiper arms are folded forward away from the windshield Otherwise the windshield wipers or the hood could be damaged gt Push h
81. impact air bags are not deployed in side impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold Occupant safety be Side impact air bags Q will not deploy in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of lateral deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for side impact air bags Q Z Warning Only use seat covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat covers may interfere with or prevent the deployment of the side impact air bags and or pelvis air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Safety and security Pelvis air bags Observe Safety notes see page 37 3 l i P91 60 2925 21 Pelvis air bags are designed to provide increased protection for the pelvis Pelvis air bags are deployed e in instances with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e on the impacted side of the vehicle e independently of whether the seat belt is in use e independently of the front air bags e independently of the ETDs Front passenger pelvis air bag Q will not deploy if the OCS senses that the front passenger seat is empty and the front passenger seat belt is not fastened With the front passenger seat empty and the seat belt fastened front passenger pelvis air bag b gt RA Occupant safety Safety and security LJ will deploy independently of the empt
82. in direction of arrow gt Seat height Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow gt Seat cushion tilt Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow until your upper legs are lightly supported gt Head restraint height Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow Q Folding front seat backrests forward r gt Folding seat backrest forward Lift release lever 1 and fold the seat backrest forward The seat will automatically slide forward and the head restraint will move down gt Folding seat backrest back Fold and press the seat backrest rearward until it engages in driving position The seat and head restraint return to their previous positions A Warning Always ensure that no one can become trapped or injured when the seat is moving In case potential danger exists the procedure can be interrupted by moving the seat adjustment switch in the door control panel or by moving the release lever again A Warning The seat belts provide protection only with the seat backrest locked in place Therefore the seat backrest must be locked in place with the vehicle in motion Do not drive the vehicle when the seat backrest is not locked in place If the warning message Lock Seat Backrest Front Right or b gt Controls in detail Fes vez seat Controls in detail Lgl Lock Seat Backrest Front Left is displayed in the multifunction display then the respective
83. increments each time you lift or press the cruise control lever up or down to the resistance point gt Increasing Briefly lift the cruise control lever up to the resistance point in direction of arrow 4 gt Decreasing Briefly press the cruise control lever down to the resistance point in direction of arrow gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments The set speed value is increased or decreased in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments each time you lift or press the cruise control lever up or down past the resistance point Driving systems en Controls in detail Fy a Driving systems Controls in detail _ gt Increasing Briefly lift the cruise control lever up past the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Decreasing Briefly press the cruise control lever down past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Setting stored speed Resume function A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the preset speed could cau
84. level is low water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze should be used to Model E 350 E 550 Cooling system Fuels coolants lubricants etc bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixture is in accordance with label instructions The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of aluminum parts The use of aluminum components in motor vehicle engines necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifically formulated to protect the aluminum parts Failure to use such anticorrosion antifreeze coolant will result in a significantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze agent Before the start of the winter season or once a year in hot southern regions you should have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service Technical data Approximate freeze protection 35 F 37 C 49 F 45 C 4 4 US qt 4 2 4 9 US qt 4 6 1 4 0 US qt 3 8 1 4 4 US qt 4 2 I Technical
85. listing of approved engine oils and oil filters contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only The following will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation lest e Using engine oils and oil filters of specification other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System e Changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System e Using any oil additives Example illustration E 350 E 550 similar gt Unscrew filler cap Q from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water H Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and emission control system not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Screw filler cap Q back on filler neck For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 301 and gt page 302 Transmission fluid level The transmission fluid level does not need to be checked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gearshifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the transmission Coolant level The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze When checking
86. lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Always engage the parking brake firmly and block the wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects before raising the vehicle with the jack Do not disengage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised Make sure that the ground on which the vehicle is standing and where you place the jack is solid level and not slippery If necessary use a large underlay On slippery surfaces such as tiled floors you should use anon slip underlay for example a rubber mat Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects to support the jack Otherwise the jack may not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity if it is not at its full height Flat tire pete Never start the engine when the vehicle is approximately one full turn with wheel raised wrench Also observe the notes on the jack Vehicles with AMG bodystyling The respective cover in the door sill trim must be gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by removed to access the front jack take up blocking wheels with wheel chocks or other bracket sizeable objects When your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock it is included with the vehicle tool kit gt page 230 For information on setting up the collapsible wheel chock see gt page 231 When changing a wheel on a level surface gt Place a wheel chock or other sizeable object in front of and another wheel chock
87. materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states USA only or provinces Canada only require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling When inserting the batteries make sure they are clean and free of lint When replacing batteries always replace both batteries The required replacement batteries are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 271 A A P80 35 2421 31 gt Press mechanical key into the SmartKey opening until battery compartment cover 1 opens Do not keep the cover shut Replacing bulbs 275 readjusted at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp adjustment A Warning Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot Allow the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Keep bulbs out of reach of children P80 35 2352 31 Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you gt Remove the battery compartment cover e touch or move it when hot gt Pat the SmartKey against the palm of your drop the bulb 2 hand until battery falls out e gt Insert the new battery with the positive Psciateliaie bulb terminal facing up Use a lint free cloth Wear eye and han
88. month before the next maintenance service is required one of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display The messages will appear while you are driving or when you switch on the ignition example service A Maintenance en Next Service A in XXXX miles km Next Service A in XX days Service A Due An additional number or a further letter in combination with the maintenance type can be indicated This indicates that further auxiliary maintenance work is required Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for more information Operation Clearing the maintenance service indicator message The maintenance service indicator message is cleared automatically e after approximately 10 seconds when you switch on the ignition e after approximately 10 seconds when reaching the service threshold while driving e after approximately 30 seconds once the suggested maintenance service term has passed gt Clearing the maintenance service indicator message manually Press button or button OK on the multifunction steering wheel The standard display appears in the multifunction display Maintenance service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested maintenance service term you will see the following message in the multifunction display Service A Exceeded by XXXXX miles km Service A Exceeded by XXX days b gt A Vehicle care Operation E In additi
89. multifunction display When the HOLD function is switched on the PRE SAFE Brake Use the vehicle status message memory indicator Eoled will not appear function to scan malfunction and warning e Calling up the maintenance service indicator display gt page 222 Vehicle status message memory messages that may be stored in the system Such messages appear in the multifunction display and are based on conditions or system status the vehicle s system has recorded Z Warning Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are intentionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a reminder with respect to the operation of certain systems They do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety Have all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle Bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages gt Press button lt q or gt to select the Serv menu If conditions have occurred causing status messages to be recorded the number of messages appears in the multifunction display gt Press button or a to select the messages function gt Press button OK to confirm The stored messages will now be displayed in the order in which they have occurred For malfunction and war
90. never turn off the engine while driving ZA Warning Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels may cause serious damage and impair the operating safety of your vehicle Such blows can be caused for example by running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle as occurred e turn on your hazard warning flashers e slow down carefully e drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the vehicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair facility for further inspection or repairs Proper use of the vehicle Proper use of the vehicle requires that you are familiar with the following information and rules e the safety precautions in this manual e the Technical data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e motor vehicle laws and safety standards Z N Warning Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended to make you and others aware of various risks Do not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Removing warning labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accid
91. normal SmartKey functions e g unlocking with KEYLESS GO and locking with button e Always carry the SmartKey with you e Never store the SmartKey together with electronic items such as a mobile phone or another SmartKey metallic objects such as coins or metal foil Doing so could impair the function of the KEYLESS GO system e To lock or unlock the vehicle the SmartKey must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door or the trunk e When the vehicle has been parked for more than 72 hours the KEYLESS GO function is deactivated Pull an outside door handle and switch on the ignition once to activate the KEYLESS GO function e If the SmartKey is positioned farther away from the vehicle the system may no longer recognize the SmartKey The vehicle cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system e If the SmartKey is removed from the vehicle e g if a passenger exits the vehicle with the SmartKey when pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button or trying to lock the vehicle with the outside door handle the message Key Not Detected appears in the multifunction display with the engine running the red message Key Not Detected appears in the multifunction display while driving off Find the SmartKey or change its present location immediately e g place it on the front passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket e If you have started the engine
92. of the information given on a tire s sidewall any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to assist you Tires and wheels en Operation il A Tires and wheels Operation lest For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration In addition to the load index special load identification may be molded into the tire sidewall following the letter designating the speed symbol gt page 209 e No specification given absence of any text like in above example indicates a standard load SL tire e XL or Extra Load designates an extra load or reinforced tire e Light Load designates a light load tire e C D E designates load range associated with the maximum load a tire can carry at a specified pressure U S tire regulations require each new tire manufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TIN into or onto a sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identifier The TIN facilitates efforts by tire manufactures to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires It gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary
93. or hard objects in the passenger compartment or trunk unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident Safety and security E Ed Occupant safety Safety and security E Infant and child restraint systems Z Observe Safety notes see page 53 We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion Alllap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for mounting To activate the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During seat belt retraction a ratcheting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is activated The seat belt is now locked gt Push down on child restraint to take up any slack To deactivate the special seat belt retractor gt Release the seat belt buckle and let the seat belt retract completely The seat belt can then again be used in the usual manner To deactivate the special seat belt retractor for the front passenger seat the front passenger seat must be in the most backward position A Warning Never release the seat belt buckle wh
94. past the resistance point The windshield wipers operate with washer fluid To prevent smears on the windshield or noisy chattering wiper blades wipe with washer fluid every now and then even when it is raining For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 191 For information on cleaning the headlamps with washer fluid see Headlamp cleaning system gt page 92 Problems with wipers H if anything blocks the windshield wipers leaves snow etc switch them off immediately For safety reasons do the following before attempting to remove any blockage e Stop the vehicle in a safe location e Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or Power windows bee e Turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door with the driver s door open starter switch is in position 0 same as with SmartKey removed from starter switch e Engage the parking brake e Remove blockage e Turn the windshield wipers on again If the windshield wipers fail to function at all with the combination switch in position eee OF ecco e set the combination switch to the next higher wiper speed Controls in detail Fee e have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Power windows Opening and closing The windows are opened and closed electrica
95. placing or taking a telephone call 12 Observe all legal requirements If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the audio system or COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Otherwise you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could endanger yourself and others Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems will function properly only when maintained strictly according to factory specifications Any adjustments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized technicians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service procedures must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servicing requirements For details refer to the Maintenance Booklet A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause u
96. pulling the trunk lid handle again Remote door lock If you have forgotten to lock your vehicle and are no longer near it you can have it locked remotely through the Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be remotely locked within four days after the ignition has been switched off gt Contact the Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only You will be asked to provide your password When you are inside your vehicle the next time and switch on the ignition the message Tele Aid Doors locked by remote control will appear on the multifunction display The remote door lock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network is available and data connection is possible Controls in detail Fes Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt Pass this number on to the Customer Assistance Center along with your password The Customer Assistance Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is located the Customer Assistance Center will contact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to law enforcement If the anti theft alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds the Tele Aid system will notify the Customer Assistance Center
97. restraints have been triggered in an accident the NECK PRO active front head restraints must be reset Otherwise the NECK PRO active front head restraints cannot offer any additional protection in the event of another rear end collision For information on resetting the activated NECK PRO active front head restraints see Resetting activated head restraints gt page 273 You cannot remove the NECK PRO active front head restraints A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the A Observe Safety notes see page 83 head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Safety and security LJ Steering wheel gt Position steering wheel Q properly gt page 84 Make sure e You can reach the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent at the elbows Correct driver seat adjustment _ You can move your legs freely A Warning e All displays including malfunction and In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle indicator lamps on the instrument cluster control the following must be done before the are clearly visible vehicle is put into motion e seat adjustment Seat belt e head restraint adjustment Observe Safety notes see page 45 steering wheel adjustment g
98. shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the automatic transmission To avoid overrewing the engine when downshifting the automatic transmission will not shift into a lower gear if the engine s maximum speed would be exceeded Extending gear range gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction or gt Briefly pull right gearshift control The automatic transmission will shift into the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the gear range of the automatic transmission If you press on the accelerator pedal when the engine has reached the revolution limit of the current gear range the automatic transmission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hold the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction until D reappears in the multifunction display or gt Pull and hold right gearshift control until D reappears in the multifunction display The automatic transmission will shift from the current gear range directly into drive position D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or gt Pull and hold left gearshift control The automatic transmission will select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration automatically This will involve shifting down on
99. sliding panel and roller sunblind e switching on the seat ventilation for the driver s seat The summer opening feature can only be activated via the remote control of the SmartKey The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the driver s outside door handle Controls in detail gt Aim the transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle gt Press button a on the SmartKey to unlock the vehicle Keep button a pressed until the windows and the tilt sliding panel of the panorama roof have reached the desired position When the roller sunblind of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is closed the roller sunblind will open first gt Press button a once more until the tilt sliding panel of the panorama roof has reached the desired position gt Release button g on the SmartKey to interrupt the opening procedure Convenience closing feature When locking the vehicle you can simultaneously close the windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Afterward you can extend the roller sunblind of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel A Warning When closing the windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel make sure b gt in Driving and parking With KEYLESS GO Controls in detail Lal there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure If potential danger
100. subjected to varying external influences which if gone unchecked can attack the paintwork as well as the vehicle underbody and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by extreme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e Tar e Gravel and stone chipping To avoid paint damage you should immediately remove e Grease and oil e Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or eliminates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e near the ocean e in industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions e during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thorough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Damaged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the factory with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others applied later
101. the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed To avoid damage to the transmission never shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving Exception If the ESC is switched off or malfunctioning shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N if the vehicle is in danger of skidding H Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with the automatic transmission in neutral position N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty D Drive position The automatic transmission shifts automatically All forward gears are available Driving tips Kickdown Use the kickdown when you want maximum acceleration gt U S vehicles Fully depress the accelerator pedal Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission shifts into a lower gear gt Canada vehicles Depress the accelerator pedal past the point of resistance Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission shifts into a lower gear Working on the vehicle Z Warning When working on the vehicle engage the parking brake and shift the automatic transmission into park position P Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Gear ranges With the automatic transmission in drive position D and driving in automatic program mode C or you can limit or extend the gear r
102. the recommended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 201 If necessary add air to achieve the recommended tire inflation pressure gt If you have overfilled the tire release tire inflation pressure by pushing the metal stem of the valve with e g a tip of a pen Then recheck the tire inflation pressure with the tire gauge gt Install the valve cap gt Repeat this procedure for each tire Tire pressure loss warning system Canada only While the vehicle is being driven the tire pressure loss warning system monitors the set tire inflation pressures by evaluating each wheel s rotational speed This allows the system to detect a significant loss of pressure in a tire If a wheel s rotational speed changes due to falling tire inflation pressure you will see a corresponding warning message in the multifunction display The tire pressure loss warning system may function in a restricted manner or with a delay e when snow chains are mounted to the vehicle e in the presence of ice and snow e when you are driving on a loose surface e g sand or gravel e when you are driving in a very sporty manner involving rapid acceleration or high speeds in curves A Warning When the multifunction display shows the message Check Tire Pressure Soon one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated You should stop and check your tires as
103. the Symbol 4 appears on the right hand side of the name several entries are present for the same name Press button or OK and select the desired entry gt Press button or OK The control system dials the selected phone number If the connection is successful and this feature is supported by your network provider the name of the party if stored in your phone book you are calling will appear in the multifunction display The control system stores the dialed number in the redial memory or gt Press button or want to make the call p if you do not Connected to Newman John Redialing The control system stores the most recently dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire phone book gt Press button lt or gt Tel menu gt Press button to select the E gt D Control system fee Controls in detail Fay A Control system gt Press button v or a to select the For more information on PRE SAFE Brake desired number or name see gt page 63 gt Press button or OK The control system dials the selected Switching ATTENTION ASSIST on or off phone number gt Press button lt or P to select the E DriveAssist menu ee gt Press button v jor A to selec
104. the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals The COMAND system display indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on the COMAND system Spoken commands are not available A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established Controls in detail Fay gt Describe the nature of the need for assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may apply Refer to the Roadside Assistance manual for more information Sign and Drive services USA only Services such as a jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare wheel are obtainable at no charge If the indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Customer Assistance Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assistance call e g the relevant cellular phone netw
105. the coolant level the vehicle must be parked on level ground and the coolant temperature must be below 158 F 70 C A Warning In order to avoid any potentially serious burns e Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature gauge indicates that the coolant is overheated Do not remove the cap on the coolant expansion tank if the coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow the engine to cool down before removing the cap The coolant expansion tank contains hot fluid and is under pressure Using a rag slowly open the cap approximately turn counterclockwise to relieve excess pressure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out under pressure e Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts 4 l et i 0 2351 41 gt Using a rag slowly open cap approximately turn counterclockwise to relieve excess pressure gt Continue turning cap Q counterclockwise and remove it The coolant level is correct if the level e for cold coolant reaches marking bar in coolant expansion tank e for warm coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher gt Add coolant as required gt Screw cap Q back on and tighten it For more information on coolant see the
106. the seat belts to be adjusted automatically with the driver s or front passenger seat belt fastened and the starter switch in position 2 For more information on the seat belt adjustment function see gt page 49 gt Press button lt q or gt Sett menu gt Press button jor a Convenience submenu gt Press OK gt Press button or a to select the to select the to select the Belt Adjustment function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown Controls in detail Pes gt Press button OK status Depending on the previous status the Belt Adjustment function will be Enabled or Disabled to change the current Introduction e Cruise control e DISTRONIC PLUS e Hill start assist system e HOLD function e Dynamic handling package with sport driving mode e Parktronic system with Parking Guidance e Rear view camera e ATTENTION ASSIST The driving safety systems ABS Adaptive Brake BAS BAS PLUS EBP ESC and PRE SAFE Brake are described in the Safety and security section gt page 58 Controls in detail S Driving systems Cruise control The cruise control maintains the speed you set for your vehicle automatically The use of the cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time The currently set speed or last set speed Resume fun
107. the upward movement of a window is blocked during the closing procedure the window will stop and open slightly gt Immediately after the window has stopped because it was blocked pull and hold the respective switch upward until the window is fully closed The window closes with greater force If the window is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the window was blocked pull and hold the respective switch upward until the window is fully closed The window closes without automatic reversal function Z Warning Pulling and holding the switch to close the window immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the window to close without any reversal function for as long as you hold the switch Synchronizing power windows The windows must be synchronized if they cannot be fully closed Each window must be synchronized separately gt Close all doors gt Switch on the ignition gt Pull and hold switch or gt page 96 until the respective window is closed The window opens again slightly gt Pull and hold the respective switch once more immediately until the window is closed completely gt Hold the respective switch for approximately 1 second The window is synchronized Summer opening feature When the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simultaneously e opening the windows e opening the panorama roof with power tilt
108. the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake and or shift the automatic transmission out of park position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Releasing Pull on release handle Q When the ignition is switched on or the engine is running the brake warning lamp erare USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster goes out gt Engaging Step on parking brake pedal firmly When the engine is running the brake warning lamp erare USA only or O Canada only in the instrument cluster comes on Turning off the engine Z Warning Do not turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Engage the parking brake Always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P With SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 Automatic transmission Et
109. the vehicle as described gt page 279 gt Take the following out of the vehicle e spare wheel e jack e vehicle tool kit For information on where to find the respective items see Where will find gt page 230 and gt page 232 Vehicles without spare wheel are not factory equipped with the tools required for a wheel change such as a jack or a wheel wrench Some tools required for a wheel change are specific to your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain the tools approved for your vehicle This section describes the wheel change using the tools approved and recommended for your vehicle Lifting the vehicle A Warning When jacking up the vehicle only use the jack which has been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into both sides of the vehicle Make sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket The jack must always be vertical when in use especially on inclines or declines The jack is intended only for lifting the vehicle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always
110. trailer fully loaded weighed on a suitable commercial scale Trailer tongue load The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the load you can Carry in your vehicle If a trailer is towed the tongue load must be added to the weight of all occupants riding and any cargo you are carrying in the vehicle The tongue load typically is 10 of the trailer weight and everything loaded in it Your Mercedes Benz has been designed primarily to carry passengers and their cargo Mercedes Benz does not recommend trailer towing with your vehicle Maximum tire load A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result Tires and wheels bets in handling or steering problems or brake failure Pa For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Operation ea The maximum tire load rating Q is the maximum weight the tires are designed to support For more information on tire load rating see gt page 210 For information on calculating total and cargo load capacities see gt page 202 Direction of rotation Unidirectional tires offer added advantages such as better hydroplani
111. vehicle is locked centrally at a vehicle speed of approximately 9 mph 15 km h gt Press button lt q or gt Sett menu gt Press button jor a Vehicle submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button v jor a to select the to select the to select the Automatic Door Lock function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown Control system eet L Oca to g Lighting Controls in detail Fe TA Control system Controls in detail Ld gt Press button status Depending on the previous status the Automatic Door Lock feature will be Enabled or Disabled OK to change the current Switching the radar sensors on or off If your vehicle is equipped with DISTRONIC PLUS it is equipped with a radar sensor system which you can switch on or off When traveling in Canada in a vehicle not registered in Canada you must switch off the radar sensor system Canadian law does not permit the use of the radar sensor system for vehicles from outside of Canada When you switch off the radar sensor system the following functions are deactivated e BAS PLUS gt page 60 PRE SAFE Brake gt page 63 e DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 130 USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device wil
112. vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere Under extremely strenuous operating conditions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bubbles in the system thus reducing the system s efficiency Fuels coolants lubricants etc Therefore the brake fluid must be replaced regularly Refer to your vehicle s Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will provide you with additional information Premium unleaded gasoline A Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health Technical data E H To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gasoline must be used If premium unleaded gasoline is not available and low octane gasoline is used follow these precautions e Have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with premium unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throt
113. weather road and traffic conditions permit Example illustration gt Press button You have answered the call The caller s number appears only if it is transmitted The caller s name appears only if the number and the name are stored in the phone book Ending a call or rejecting an incoming call gt Press button eX Dialing a number from the phone book When your telephone is ready to receive calls you may select and dial a number from the phone book at any time To use the phone book of the COMAND system you can import business cards vCards from external Bluetooth phones into your COMAND system s phone book see separate COMAND operating instructions gt Press button lt q or gt Tel menu gt Press button or a jor switch to the phone book The stored names are displayed in ascending alphabetical order gt Press button jor a desired entry If you press and hold button Y or A the system scrolls rapidly through the list of names quick search After holding button or a fora short while the scrolling speed increases Release the button to stop the quick search The search stops automatically at the end of the list to select the OK to to select the Example illustration Selected name from the phone book gt If
114. wheel wrench into towing eye and tighten towing eye bolt by turning it clockwise or gt If your vehicle is not equipped with a wheel wrench use a suitable object to turn the towing eye bolt Removing towing eye bolt gt Loosen towing eye bolt 2 by turning it counterclockwise gt Unscrew towing eye bolt gt Reinstalling cover Fit cover gt page 288 and snap it into place gt Store the towing eye bolt and wheel wrench back into the vehicle tool kit Towing with one axle raised H The vehicle may be towed only for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch off the automatic central locking gt page 125 gt Switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey in the starter switch gt Switch on the hazard warning flasher gt page 92 H Because the ESC operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the vehicle is being towed with one axle raised Active braking action through the ESC may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Towing with all wheels on th
115. with low beam headlamps Consult your State or Province Motor Vehicle 6 USA only The daytime running lamp mode must be activated via the control system 5 When the parking lamps are on the tail lamps the license plate lamps the side marker lamps and the instrument cluster illumination are also on b gt td Lighting Controls in detail E Regulations regarding permissible lamp operation gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position or 2 gt page 87 Vehicles with front fog lamps gt Switching on front fog lamps Pull out the exterior lamp switch to first stop gt page 87 The green indicator lamp 40 instrument cluster comes on gt Switching on rear fog lamp Pull out the exterior lamp switch to second stop The rear fog lamp the front fog lamps the green 40 and the yellow indicator lamp o in the instrument cluster come on gt Switching off front fog lamps rear fog lamp Push in the exterior lamp switch to its stop in the Vehicles without front fog lamps gt Switching on rear fog lamp Pull out the exterior lamp switch to its stop gt page 87 The rear fog lamp and the yellow indicator lamp o in the instrument cluster come on gt Switching off rear fog lamp Push in the exterior lamp switch to its stop Locator lighting The locator lighting is described i
116. with the KEYLESS GO start stop button you can turn it off again by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button inserting the SmartKey into the starter switch when the vehicle is at a standstill and the automatic transmission is in park position P e The vehicle could be inadvertently unlocked if the SmartKey is within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle and an outside door handle is splashed with water or you attempt to clean an outside door handle Remember that the engine can be started by anyone with a SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle Possibility 1 One SmartKey in the vehicle one SmartKey outside the vehicle If you leave the SmartKey behind when exiting and locking the vehicle no message appears in the multifunction display Possibility 2 One SmartKey in the vehicle no SmartKey outside the vehicle When exiting and trying to lock the vehicle the message Key Detected in Vehicle appears in the multifunction display The vehicle will not be locked Factory setting gt Global unlocking Grasp an outside door handle Unless you open a door or the trunk within approximately 40 seconds after unlocking the vehicle e The vehicle will be locked again e The anti theft alarm system will be rearmed gt Global locking Touch outside of a door handle Q Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey Grasping the driver s outside door handle will t
117. 00000 74 Instrument cluster 0 28 110 IIWIMIMALION 5ccc seseseseciscesocesectssesses 111 LAMPS sessecethessnccstececaspssccesnecceesenecess 260 Multifunction display eee 114 Instrument lighting see Instrument cluster Illumination Instrument panel see Instrument cluster Instruments and controls see Cockpit Interior lighting Delayed shut off eeeeeeeeeeeeee Emergency lighting FROME EEA coaehoceces A A Front reading lamps s es Interior rear view mirror Auto dimming rear view mirrors 85 Interior storage spaces see Storage compartments Intermittent wiping eee 94 RAIN SOMSOF s ses cctsssessedeaasasesctanees sacs 94 ISOFIX Child seat anchors LATCH type see Children in the vehicle Key Mechanical Loss of Replacing Unlocking locking manually Valet IOCKING s cscctsesescestcssccsencess 77 Key SmartKey Battery check lamp Checking batteries Factory Setting eseeeeeeeeseeeeee Global locking KEYLESS GO ev ececteses ap cstss E 73 Global locking SmartKey 0 71 Global unlocking KEYLESS GOJ nena A 73 Global unlocking SmartKey sessececcovncciertennccactsess 71 Important notes on KEYLESS GO 72 Locking unlocking LOSS Ofisini Messages in the multifunction Olioli EEEE 250 Opening trunk vveviscescscessoeececdsonesusts 76 Opening and closing the PANOLAMG TOOT isse
118. 181 235 45 R17 94H M S E 550 E 550 Sport Package 18 wheels Rims light alloy 8 0 x 18H2 Wheel offset 1 77 in 45 mm Winter tires 9 235 40 R18 91HM S Ay S me E 350 Sport Package g E 550 Sport Package 18 wheels AMG rims light alloy 8 0 x 18 H2 D Wheel offset 1 77 in 45 mm Winter tires 19 235 40 R18 91HM S 18 Radial ply tires 19 Not available as factory equipment 00 ims and tes Technical data LJ Mixed size tires 17 wheels Front axle Rear axle 18 wheels Front axle Rear axle 18 wheels Front axle Rear axle Spare wheel Rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires Rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires Rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires Rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires2 AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires E 350 7 5Jx 17 H2 1 77 in 45 mm 235 45 R17 94H M S 8 5Jx 17 H2 1 93 in 49 mm 255 40 R17 94H M S E550 8 0 Jx 18 H2 1 77 in 45 mm 235 40 R18 91H M S 8 5Jx 18 H2 1 93 in 49 mm 255 35 R18 94H M S E 350 Sport Package E 550 Sport Package 8 0 Jx 18 H2 1 77 in 45 mm 235 40 R18 91H M S 8 5Jx 18 H2 1 93 in 49 mm 255 35 R18 94H M S H Compare the recommended tire inflation pressure for your vehicle with the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label located on the spar
119. 31 The seating capacity gives you important information on the number of occupants that can be in the vehicle Observe front and rear seating capacity The Tire and Loading Information placard showing seating capacity is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 201 Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs Tires and wheels ra gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step
120. 5 Tar Stain 2 3 3ciisseieticeiciiiens sence 224 Technical data Air conditioning refrigerant 303 Brake fluid cess ciscipecencasesenctccbessenteess 303 Capacities fuels coolants UDTIGAMES ELC seein 301 COOlANt sicecseiei siuen 304 Engine oil additives eee 303 Engine Ols ariero 302 Fuel requirements ccssceceeeeees 304 Gasoline additives ceeeeeeeee 304 Identification labels ceee 294 Premium unleaded gasoline 303 Rims and tres c s sscsseicesierscasttessaeeese 297 Spare wheel cccccesssseseeseeeeees 300 Vehicle specification E 350 296 Vehicle specification E 550 296 Washer and headlamp cleaning SVSTOM srie E E 302 306 Technical data dimensions see Vehicle specification Technical data electrical system see Vehicle specification Technical data engine see Vehicle specification Technical data weights see Vehicle specification Tele Aid p iriiciistiessestseeirereiere artise 174 Emergency Calls neeese 176 Information button eee 178 Initiating an emergency call IMAMUAIY s sccssseecescseeccessctesstcesctsaaehs 176 Messages in the multifunction displayet ERR 247 Remote door lock sseeseesssssseneessseee 179 Remote door unlock ceee 179 Roadside Assistance button 177 Search amp SON niisiis 179 SOS DUON ee 176 Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services 179 System SElFHLESE scierie 175 Teleph
121. 509 31 gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the trunk lid Pa0 20 3506 21 lock gt Turn mechanical key 2 counterclockwise to position gt Move locking tab in the direction of arrow gt Slide mechanical key out of the housing H When you open the trunk the trunk lid swings open upwards Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance _ Unlocking locking manually Practical hints _ gt Turn mechanical key 2 back and remove it from the trunk lid lock If you cannot lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO lock it as follows gt Open the driver s door gt Close the passenger door and the trunk gt Press the central locking switch gt page 75 gt Check to see whether the locking knob on the passenger door has moved down gt f necessary push it down manually gt Exit the vehicle and close the driver s door gt Check whether the trunk is locked gt If it is not locked lock it with the mechanical key gt page 77 Except for the driver s door the vehicle should now be locked gt Remove mechanical key 2 from the SmartKey gt page 271 gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the driver s door lock gt Turn mechanical key 2 clockwise to position 1 The driver s door is locked gt Turn mechanical key 2 back and remove it from the driver s door lock This procedure does not arm the anti theft ala
122. A Permanent Displ ay function The current setting is shown A Permanent Display peedometer km h gt Press button OK status Depending on the Permanent Displ between Outside Speedometer k Speedometer mi temperature or h USA les Canada to change the setting previous setting the eed Odometer will be to select the to select the to select the to change the current previous status the ay will be switched Lights submenu Access the Lights submenu via the Sett menu Use the submenu to change the lamp and lighting settings on your vehicle The following functions are available e Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt page 123 e Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on or off gt page 124 e Switching locator lighting function on or off gt page 124 e Switching interior lighting delayed shut off on or off gt page 125 Controls in detail Pee Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt Press button lt q or gt Sett menu gt Press button jor a Lights submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button jor a to select the to select the to select the Daytime Running Lamps function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown gt Press button OK to change the current status Depending on the prev
123. A Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health A Warning Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pressure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gas to spray back out when removing the fuel pump nozzle which could cause personal injury H Never refuel vehicles with gasoline engine with diesel fuel Even small amounts of diesel fuel will damage the fuel system and engine Damage resulting from the use of non approved fuels or fuel additives or resulting from mixing gasoline with diesel fuel is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H if you have accidentally filled the tank with incorrect or non approved fuel do not switch on the ignition Otherwise the incorrect or non approved fuel will get into the fuel lines The fuel system must be drained completely Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to have the fuel system drained completely H To prevent damage to the catalytic converters only use premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repair
124. AFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are unavailable The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness When the voltage is above the required value again the ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the ESC the hill start assist system the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are operational again and the message should disappear If the message does not disappear gt Have the alternator and the battery checked Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages USA only Canada only EBD ABS and ESC Inoperativ e See Operator s Manual Brake Immediate Release Parking Brake Check Brake Fluid Level Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions In addition the yellow ESC warning lamp A the yellow ESC OFF warning lamp amp and the yellow ABS indicator lamp come on The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a malfunction the ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the EBP the ESC the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are unavailable The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Continue driving with a
125. ALING 5 dc bcsscsciseesseescesserseaseviecse Canceling snenia Changing the set speed Last stored speed ceeeeeeeesteees E E EA SA EE Messages in the multifunction GISPIAY sscecosacssisteasccesesizsnceschenszeesied Resume function sesser Setting current speed Cup holders o oo Curb Weight is siicsiisiiscirsiriseisissss Customer Assistance Center CAC 22 Customer Relations Department 22 Dashboard see Instrument cluster Data recording ceeseesceeereeeneeeees 22 Daytime running lamp mode 89 Switching on OF Off eee eeeeeeeeeeeees Deep water see Standing water Defroster Front Climate control system Rear WINGOW sossceccecesessessnseaceeeescoess Delayed shut off Ext rior lamp kesene Interior lighting eececcereeenee Department of Transportation see DOT Difficulties While driving With starting Dimensions vehicle see Vehicle specification Direction of rotation tires 205 Displays DISTRONIC PLUS sirinin 132 Maintenance service indicator 221 Messages in the multifunction CIS DIA a cvest ccrneetsecvascsestanthsvsscresesace gt 232 Multifunction display 0 0 0 eee 114 Symbol messages e eeeeeeeseeeeeees 244 Text Messages iecere 234 THIP GOMPULER stipite 115 Vehicle status message memory 120 Vehicle system settings 121 DISTRONIC PLUS oaaae 130 Cleaning system sensors 6 225 Displaying the distanc
126. Benz Center A Warning In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is a malfunction in the restraint systems The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury What to do if bee Problem EA OFF a gt The yellow ESC OFF warning lamp comes on while the engine is running The yellow ESC warning lamp and the yellow ESC OFF warning lamp come on while the engine is running The yellow ESC warning lamp flashes while driving Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The ESC has been switched off Risk of accident When the ESC is switched off it will not stabilize the vehicle if the system recognizes that the vehicle starts to skid or that a wheel is spinning gt Switch the ESC back on Exceptions gt page 62 gt f leaving the ESC switched off adapt your speed and driving to the preva
127. C PLUS is activated or deactivated not be capable of slowing the vehicle For activating or deactivating the DISTRONIC sufficiently to maintain the preset following PLUS system see Activating DISTRONIC distance which creates a danger of a PLUS gt page 134 or Deactivating N collision DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 138 o Immediately brake the vehicle to increase The menu overview can be found on T your distance to the preceding vehicle The gt page 114 8 warning sound is intended as a final caution in which you should intercede with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially gt Press lt or gt to select the DriveAssist menu dangerous situation Do not wait for the gt Press or A to select the operation of the warning signal to intercede Distance Display function with your own braking This will result in gt Press OK potentially dangerous emergency braking The DISTRONIC PLUS distance graphic which will not always result in an impact being appears and you will see one of the avoided following displays in the multifunction Tailgating increases the risk of an accident display AN Maine DISTRONIC PLUS activated The DISTRONIC PLUS brakes your vehicle with a maximum deceleration of 13 ft s 4 m s This corresponds to approximately 40 of the maximum deceleration of your vehicle If you switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS you will see the set speed in th
128. CS gt page 42 The lighter the front passenger side occupant the higher the vehicle deceleration rate required for second stage inflation of the front passenger front air bag The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds You will then be protected by the fastened seat belts The front air bags will not deploy in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of longitudinal deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for the front air bags The front passenger front air bag will only be deployed if e the system based on OCS weight sensor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied e the B es indicator lamp in the center console is not lit gt page 42 e the impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold Knee bag Knee bag 3 is designed to provide increased protection for the driver against the risk of injuries to the knees thighs and lower legs Knee bag is located on the driver side lower instrument panel It is designed to operate together with the driver front air bag in certain frontal impacts if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt Knee bag operates best in conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened seat belt Side impact air bags A Observe Safety notes see page 37 A Warning The press
129. Carpet and Fabric Care for cleaning the carpets Headliner and shelf below rear window gt Use a soft bristle brush or a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Seat belts gt Only use clear lukewarm water and soap H The seat belts must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight A Warning Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently discolored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented Z Warning Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head restraint covers may interfere with or prevent e deployment of the front side impact air bags e deployment of the rear side impact air bags e deployment of the pelvis air bags e activation of the NECK PRO active front head restraints Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Leather upholstery Please note that leather upholstery is a natural product and is therefore subject to a natural aging process Leather upholstery may also react to certain
130. Central locking AULOMAUC 42 ccccccccvscssescacscseseess 75 125 KEVILESS GO css denceesteectenestadestenseasexs 71 Locking unlocking from inside 75 SmartKey versre oeira orreitan 70 Central locking unlocking switch 75 Certification label 00 ee 294 Children in the vehicle Alt DagS sccacsctiesstsessecetessnteusnenscoeenen 37 Child seat anchors LATCH type ISOFIX eree a 57 Indicator lamp front passenger front air bag Off sissisistssssssstsrirspiet 42 Infant and child restraint systems 54 ISOFIX Child seat anchors LAT CHety pe naas 57 OCS Occupant Classification SYSTEMI sccceveceeesresteeteeseaeescrecseees 42 Override SWITCH c cscccscessesssccicstsiaasees 57 Safety NOTES cececesescsseeseneeeeeees 53 Tether anchorage points s s 56 TOP tether saiicicssscesssustseseesenss 56 Child safety see Children in the vehicle Child seat anchors LATCH type ISOFIX see Children in the vehicle Chrome plated exhaust tip leaning sniene Cigarette lighter 0 0 eee Climate control see Climate control system Climate control system 152 Air Conditioning seese sa 158 Air conditioning refrigerant 303 Air distribution aons 161 Air recirculation mode 163 Ail VOIUMG ceceeesseeeeesenees 161 Automatic mode s 158 Deactivating system s e 157 Front defroster ccccecccesseeeeeees 161 Maximum cooling MAX COOL
131. Devices ETDs seat belt force limiters and front seat knee bolsters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags driver s side knee bag and ETDs and side side impact air bags pelvis air bags window curtain air bags and ETDs impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoulder In a frontal crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The seat belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder It should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the seat belt under your arm Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen If the lap belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash e Never wear seat belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries e Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing e Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a pe
132. Ds have stopped working gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The left or right corner illuminating lamp is malfunctioning gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 275 The left or right rear turn signal lamp is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages O NA Tires Check Front Left Turn Signal or Check Front Right Turn Signal Check Left Mirror Turn Signal Check Righ Mirror Turn Signal Git Display messages Tire Press Warning Caution Tire Mal functio n Check Tire Pressure Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right front turn signal lamp is malfunctioning gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 275 The turn signal in the left or right exterior rear view mirror is malfunctioning This message will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions At least one tire is deflating gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 279 The tire inflation pressure in at least one tire is significantly below the reference value gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt a
133. Electronic Brake Proportioning EBP enhances braking effectiveness by allowing the rear brakes to supply a greater proportion of the braking effort in straight line braking without a loss of vehicle stability A Warning If the EBP malfunctions the brake system will still function with full brake boost However the rear wheels could lock up during emergency braking situations for example You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident Adapt your driving style to the changed driving characteristics TA Driving safety systems Safety and security O ESC A Observe Safety notes see page 59 The Electronic Stability Control ESC is operational as soon as the engine is running It monitors the vehicle s traction force of adhesive friction between the tires and the road surface and handling The ESC recognizes that the vehicle deviates from the direction of travel as intended by the driver By applying brakes to individual wheels and by limiting the engine output the ESC works to stabilize the vehicle The ESC is especially useful while driving off and on wet or slippery road surfaces The ESC also stabilizes the vehicle during braking and steering maneuvers The ESC warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running Z Warning Never switch off the ESC when you see the ESC warning lamp A flashing in the instrument cluster I
134. Ibs Occupant 5 120 Ibs 750 Ibs Example 1 1500 Ibs 750 lbs 750 Ibs Example 2 1500 Ibs Example 2 3 front 1 rear 2 Occupant 1 200 Ibs Occupant 2 190 Ibs Occupant 3 150 Ibs 540 Ibs Example 2 1500 Ibs 540 Ibs 960 Ibs Certification label Example 3 1500 Ibs Example 3 1 front 1 Occupant 1 150 Ibs 150 Ibs Example 3 1500 Ibs 150 Ibs 1350 Ibs Even after careful determination of the combined weight of all occupants cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable gt page 205 as to not exceed the permissible load limit you must make sure your vehicle never exceeds the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle You can obtain the GVWR and GAWR from the certification label The certification label can be found on the driver s door B pillar see the Technical data section gt page 294 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The total weight of the vehicle all occupants all cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable must never exceed the GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear To assure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible weight limits GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle have the loaded vehicle including driver passengers and all cargo and if applicable
135. Mercedes Benz E Class Coup Operator s Manual Symbols Trademarks Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc HomeLink is a registered trademark of Prince a Johnson Controls Company e PRE SAFE is a registered trademark of Daimler e SIRIUS and related marks are trademarks of SIRIUS XM Radio Inc The following symbols are found in this Operator s Manual A Warning Warning notices draw your attention to hazards that may endanger your health or life or the health or life of others H Highlights hazards that may result in damage to your vehicle Helpful hints or further information you may find useful gt This symbol points to instructions for you to follow gt A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates a multiple step procedure gt page This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic gt D This continuation symbol marks a warning or procedure which is continued on the next page Display Text in displays such as the control system are printed in the type shown here Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demonstration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and will provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the efforts of many ski
136. NIC PLUS Off appears in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds If a malfunction in the system or the power supply occurs while the DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and the vehicle is at a standstill the message Brake Immediately appears inthe multifunction display gt Apply the brakes immediately until the message in the multifunction display disappears or gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P This will deactivate the DISTRONIC PLUS A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS switches off and releases the brakes when the vehicle decelerates below the minimum speed of 20 mph 30 km h by operation of the system unless the DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle directly ahead of you At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed further or bring it to a stop Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the DISTRONIC PLUS After a brief acceleration e g for passing the DISTRONIC PLUS will resume the last set speed Setting the following distance in DISTRONIC PLUS You can set the specified following distance for the DISTRONIC PLUS by varying the time setting between 1 0 and 2 0 seconds Using this time setting and the current speed of your vehicle the DISTRONIC PLUS calculates and sets the required following distance to the preceding vehicle The set distance will be shown in the multifunction display A Warning It is up to the driver to exercise discr
137. Practical hints or other sizeable object behind the wheel P4010073 that is diagonally opposite to the wheel Vehicles with AMG bodystyling being changed g gt Vehicles with AMG bodystyling Remove Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on cover in direction of arrow a level surface However should circumstances require you to do so on a hill Z Warning gt Place wheel chocks or other sizeable The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up objects on the downhill side in front of both the vehicle at the jack take up brackets Make wheels on the side opposite to the side on sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack which the wheel is to be changed take up bracket 7 If you do not position the jack correctly in the A Warning jack take up bracket the vehicle can fall off Only jack up the vehicle on level ground or on the jack and seriously or fatally injure you or slight inclines declines Otherwise the others vehicle could fall off the jack and injure you or others H Do not position the jack on the body of the vehicle as this may cause damage to the vehicle P40 10 5735 31 gt On the wheel to be changed loosen but do P40 10 5737 3t not yet remove the wheel bolts ae Flat tire gt Place jack on firm ground gt Position jack under take up bracket so that it is always vertical as seen from the side even if the vehicle is parked on an incline P40 00 2129 21 gt Turn crank
138. SC A Warning The ESC should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circumstances described below Disabling the system will reduce vehicle stability in driving maneuvers Do not switch off the ESC when a spare wheel is mounted To improve the vehicle s traction switch off the ESC This allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip for example e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel Z Warning Switch on the ESC immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore Otherwise the ESC will not stabilize the vehicle when it is starting to skid or a wheel is spinning When you switch off the ESC e the ESC does not stabilize the vehicle e the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the ETS will still apply the brakes to a spinning wheel e the ESC continues to operate when you are braking e the cruise control or the DISTRONIC PLUS cannot be activated e the cruise control or the DISTRONIC PLUS switch off if activated When the ESC is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spinning the ESC warning lamp A in the instrument cluster flashes However the ESC will then not stabilize the vehicle gt With the engine running press ESC switch C until the ESC OFF warning lamp amp in the instrument cluster comes on
139. SRS The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs n Service could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident Required gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center b gt Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Front Components of the drivers supplemental restraint system Left SRS may not work properly alfunctiO Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized n Service Mercedes Benz Center Required Ly Front Components of the front passenger s supplemental restraint Right SRS system may not work properly alfunctiO Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized n Service Mercedes Benz Center Required Ly Rear Left Components of the left rear passenger s supplemental SRS restraint system may not work properly alfunctiO Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized n Service Mercedes Benz Center Required Ly Rear Components of the right rear passenger s supplemental Right SRS restraint system may not work properly alfunctiO Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized n Service Mercedes Benz Center Required Ly Left Side The left window curtain air bag may not work properly Curtain gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Airbag Mercedes Benz Center alfunctio n Service Required Ly Right The right window curtain
140. TRONIC PLUS except when the vehicle is at a standstill The DISTRONIC PLUS b gt TA Driving systems Controls in detail ea will no longer brake your vehicle You are always responsible for maintaining a distance from other vehicles observing road speeds and braking well in advance Stopping Z Warning The braking effect of the DISTRONIC PLUS is canceled and the vehicle can start to roll if e the DISTRONIC PLUS is switched off using the DISTRONIC PLUS lever e you accelerate e the DISTRONIC PLUS system or the power supply is malfunctioning e g due to battery failure e the electrical components in the engine compartment or the fuses have been manipulated e the battery is disconnected Z Warning Never get out of the vehicle while the DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on The DISTRONIC PLUS must never be operated or switched off by passengers or from outside the vehicle The DISTRONIC PLUS is not a substitute for the parking brake It must not be used to secure the vehicle when parking When you get out of the vehicle or switch off the engine deactivate the DISTRONIC PLUS and secure the vehicle from rolling away by engaging the parking brake When the DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the preceding vehicle is stopping the vehicle brakes until it also stops Once the vehicle is at a standstill it remains stationary without depressing the brake pedal Depending on the following distance set using the distance settin
141. Technical data section gt page 302 and gt page 304 Washer system and headlamp cleaning system A Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned Hi Always use washer solvent antifreeze where temperatures may fall below freezing point Failure to do so could result Engine compartment Bete in damage to the washer system fluid reservoir H Only use washer fluid which is suitable for plastic lenses Improper washer fluid can damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not use distilled or deionized water in the washer fluid reservoir Otherwise the washer fluid level sensor could be damaged Fluid for the washer system and the headlamp cleaning system is supplied from the washer fluid reservoir Operation fa During all seasons use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit Mix it with water or premixed washer solvent antifreeze depending on the ambient temperature gt page 306 gt Opening washer fluid reservoir Pull tab of cap upwards gt Refill the washer fluid reservoir gt Closing washer fluid reservoir Press cap Q onto filler hole until it engages For more information see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 302 Brake fluid level H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has
142. These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center The PRE SAFE system has electrically operated reversible pre tensioners that do not require replacement after activation Automatic comfort fit feature seat belt An automatic comfort fit feature for the front seats reduces the retracting force of the seat belts when they are in normal use Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE A Warning The PRE SAFE system is intended to reduce the effects of an accident on vehicle occupants who are wearing their seat belt properly Despite your vehicle being equipped with the PRE SAFE system the possibility of personal injuries occurring as a result of an accident cannot be eliminated Therefore always drive carefully and adjust your driving to the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions The PRE SAFE system takes preventive measures to better protect the occupants from the possibility of personal injuries in the following hazardous situations e emergency braking situations e g if the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 60 is activated or when vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS the BAS PLUS gt page 60 or the PRE SAFE Brake gt page 63 is strongly engaging e when the radar sensors recognize the immediate risk of collision in certain situations vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS e critical dynamic driving situations e g when the vehicle has been caused to understeer or oversteer because it ha
143. To avoid this danger you should e occasionally brake carefully when you are driving on salt covered roads so that any layer of salt that may have built up on the brake discs and the brake linings is Driving instructions EA removed without putting other road users at risk e maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead and drive with particular care e carefully apply the brakes at the end of a trip and immediately after commencing a new trip so that salt residues are removed from the brake disc Brake service H The brake fluid level in the reservoir may be too low if the red brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on while the engine is running and an acoustic warning sounds Observe additional messages in the multifunction display that may appear Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the reservoir Have the brake system inspected immediately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by qualified technicians only Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brake pads and use brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz Z Warning If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident H B
144. abel you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving ona significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to de
145. abled or Disabled You can temporarily deactivate the headlamps delayed shut off feature to change the current gt Before exiting the vehicle turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Then turn it to position 2 and back to position 0 The headlamps delayed shut off feature is deactivated It will reactivate as soon as you start the engine Switching interior lighting delayed shut off on or off Use this function to set whether you would like the interior lighting to remain on for 10 seconds during darkness after you have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Press button lt or gt Sett menu gt Press button jor A Lights submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button v or a to select the Interior Lighting Delay function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown to select the to select the gt Press button OK status Depending on the previous status the interior lighting delayed shut off feature will be Enabled or Disabled to change the current Vehicle submenu Access the Vehicle submenu via the Sett menu Use the Vehicle submenu to switch the automatic central locking or the radar sensors on or off Switching automatic central locking on or off Use this function to switch the automatic central locking on or off With the automatic central locking activated the
146. above 100 mph 160 km h as specified on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Make sure to readjust the tire inflation pressure for normal driving speeds Supplemental tire inflation pressure information for different loading conditions of the vehicle can be found on the tire inflation pressure label The tire inflation pressure label is located on the inside of the fuel filler flap For the tire inflation pressure for spare wheels such as Minispare wheels or spare wheels with collapsible tire refer to e the yellow label on the spare wheel rim e the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual gt page 300 e the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Unless specified otherwise the tire inflation pressures on the tire inflation pressure label are valid for all approved factory equipped tires Data shown on tire inflation pressure label examples are for illustration purposes only Tire inflation pressure data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustrations Refer to the tire inflation pressure label on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle COLD TIRE PRESSURE P40 00 2179 21 Example illustration Tire inflation pressures for all approved factory equipped tires When a tire size is specified the tire inflation pressure that follows applies to that particular tire size only
147. ading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Tire and Loading Information placard Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Load limit data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Qe i Sian i wars Po commited neghi cf aooupar te wd Cit Ne chon i weer necro EEK ag cr OBE a La pone Not i mapaa we nk maraha wns a Onn je prt LENO tg ca EX r TISA P40 00 2131 31 The Tire and Loading Information placard showing load limit information Q is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 201 gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX lbs on the Tire and Loading Information placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue load if applicable should never exceed the weight referenced in that statement Seating capacity Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Seating capacity data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle ADCITIONAL RFORPAATIONS P40 00 2132
148. ae cess 26 Cockpit o a nario 27 Instrument cluster e 28 Multifunction steering wheel 30 Center console eee 32 Overhead control panel 33 Door control panel ceeee 34 At a glance 7 PO0 01 3853 31 This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Cee ei Function Trunk Locking and unlocking Opening and closing Valet locking Rear window defroster Rear lamps Fuel filler flap Exterior rear view mirrors Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Windshield Wiping with washer fluid Cleaning Page 70 2 76 UY 164 186 85 164 95 226 0000 Function Doors Locking and unlocking Wipers Wiper blades replacing Wiper blades cleaning Hood Front lamps Headlamp cleaning system Front towing eye Tires and wheels Rims and tires Rear towing eye Page 70 271 94 278 226 188 275 92 288 192 LOT 288 Cockpit 0100 Fo Function Steering wheel gearshift control Cruise control lever DISTRONIC PLUS lever Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Horn Front Parktronic warning indicator Overhead control panel Glove box Center console Starter swit
149. aean Fastening onneen Proper Use OF 3 sissies ictistadiaecteeas Safety guidelines Safety NOLES scesssceacevcnscosereensestens Seat belt presenter csceceeeeeee Telltale ccisiecicciieus Seat heating Seating capacity 0 eee SEIS o E E ere AGJUSEMONE rrna nnn Easy entry exit feature Heating ernir R Memory function sssssscsssriirisssrsscrseses Messages in the multifunction GISPlAY s cciscscisicsassrsevsacesecsue ests 249 250 Multicontour Seat ceeeeseeteeees 82 Split rear seat bench ce 169 Ventilation ececeeeseceesesseceeeeeees 82 Securing cargo Cargo tie down rings esee 168 Selective setting see Key SmartKey Selector lever see Gear selector lever Self test OCS Occupant Classification SVSUOMM AE states sans ooesteteets 45 TIGA Ga sesin 175 Service see Maintenance Service parts eceeeeee scene 294 Service and warranty information 19 Service intervals see Maintenance System Service indicator message Service life tires Service Menu oseese Settings Factory setting KEYLESS GO 73 Factory setting SmartKey 71 Memory function MEMU iacsodacessocsassietscariecstascetsisteececss Selective setting KEYLESS GO 73 Selective setting SmartKey 71 Shelf below rear window cleaning 228 Side impact air bags eee 40 Side marker lamps Cleaning lenses seee 225 Messages in
150. age bowl 2 by turning it counterclockwise gt Remove spare wheel Q Storing the spare wheel after use gt Place spare wheel into the spare wheel well gt Secure spare wheel Q by turning luggage bowl 2 clockwise Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Notes Warning and malfunction messages appear in the multifunction display located in the instrument cluster Certain warning and malfunction messages are accompanied by an audible signal Address these messages accordingly and follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual High priority messages appear in the multifunction display in red color Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display using OK or amp on the multifunction steering wheel gt page 112 Other messages of high priority and messages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display using OK or They are then stored in the vehicle status message memory page 120 Remember that clearing a message will only make the message disappear Clearing a message will not correct the condition that caused the message to appear Z Warning All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display bee addressed as soon as possible a
151. age the seat heating switches off automatically The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available Multifunction steering wheel Controls in detail A Warning Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Adjusting the steering wheel while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle The electrical steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Make sure e you can reach the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent at the elbows e you can move your legs freely e all displays including malfunction and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster are clearly visible ZA Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel adjustment Controls in detail Let gt Adjusting steering wheel up or down Move stalk in direction of arrows Q gt Adjusting steering wheel in or out Move stalk in direction of arrows The memory function gt page 86 lets you Store the settings for the steering wheel together with the settings for the seat position and the exterior rear view mirrors Easy entry exit feature This feature allows the driver an easier entry into and exit from the vehicle When entering and exiting the ve
152. al Therefore you can start off smoothly without the vehicle moving immediately after releasing the brake pedal A Warning The hill start assist system is not designed to function as a parking brake It does not prevent the vehicle from moving when parked on an incline Always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P gt Depress the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D or reverse gear R gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal Driving systems eee The hill start assist system is inactive e when starting off ona level road or downhill grades e with the automatic transmission in neutral position N e with the parking brake engaged e if the ESC has switched off due to a malfunction HOLD function The HOLD function can assist you e when driving off especially on steep slopes Controls in detail Fes e when maneuvering on steep slopes e when waiting in traffic The vehicle is kept stationary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal Upon depressing the accelerator pedal the braking effect is canceled and the HOLD function is deactivated Activation conditions You can activate the HOLD function when e the vehicle is stationary e the engine is running e your seat belt is fastened or the driver s door is closed e the parking brake is released e the hood is cl
153. alfunction for example make sure that the automatic transmission is in the desired position gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D gt Do not limit the gear range gt Drive off carefully Effect Park position Shift the automatic transmission into park position P only when the vehicle is stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P to secure the vehicle The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in park position P With the SmartKey removed from the starter switch the gear selector lever is locked in park position P If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the gear selector lever could remain locked in park position P To unlock the gear selector lever manually see Manually unlocking the gear selector lever gt page 272 gt Have the vehicle s electrical system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Reverse gear Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R only when the vehicle is stopped b gt Automatic transmission Ete Controls in detail Fay ae Automatic transmission Controls in detail S Effect Neutral position No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When
154. ambient influences such as high humidity or high temperature by showing wrinkles for example gt Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care H To avoid damage to leather upholstery e Wipe with light pressure only e Do not clean with abrasive cleaning agents such as scouring milk or powder e Do not soak the leather upholstery As leather is a natural product it could otherwise harden or become porous e Exercise particular care when cleaning perforated leather as its underside should not become wet Wood trims gt Only use water and a damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle H Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Chrome plated exhaust tip Regular cleaning and care of chrome plated exhaust tips will help to maintain their shine and the classy appearance gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Chrome Polishing Paste each time the vehicle has been washed especially during the winter H Do not use alkaline cleaners such as wheel cleaners as they could cause corrosion D Vehicle equipment 005 230 Where will find 0 0 0000 230 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display 232 What toidoif e ence eae 260 Unlocking locking manually 271 Resetting activated NECK PRO active front head restraints
155. an be switched off if necessary A Warning If you deactivate the air conditioning the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Dual zone automatic climate control gt Set the desired temperature gt page 159 gt Activating Press button The indicator lamp above the button comes on The air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically gt Deactivating Press rocker switch 0 or QD gt page 153 or gt Press button only The indicator lamp above button out AUTO or button Max g USA auto goes 3 zone automatic climate control gt Set the desired temperature gt page 159 gt Activating Press button The indicator lamp above the button comes on The air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically gt Press rocker switch Q gt page 155 up or down and select the desired level The automatic air conditioning settings FOCUS Air flow high air distribution via the center and side air vents MEDIUM Air flow medium air distribution via the center and side air vents DIFFUSE Air flow low air distribution via the center side and defroster air vents AUTO Climate control system bee gt Deactivating Press rocker switch or Rear climate control panel gt page 155
156. an the mounting face of wheels and brake disks i e the inner side of the wheels tires during each rotation Check for and ensure proper tire inflation pressure For information on wheel change see Flat tire gt page 279 Besides tire name sales designation and manufacturer name a number of markings can be found on a tire Following are some explanations for the markings on your vehicle s tires P40 10 5339 31 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards page 207 DOT Tire Identification Number gt page 212 Maximum tire load gt page 205 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 201 Manufacturer Tire ply material gt page 213 Tire size designation load and speed rating gt page 209 Load identification gt page 212 Tire name Tires and wheels For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration For more information see Rims and tires gt page 297 Tire size designation load and speed rating Tire width Aspect ratio in Radial tire code Rim diameter Load index Speed symbol For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration General Depending on the design standards used the tire size molded into the sidewall may have no letter or a letter prece
157. andle under the hood upwards gt Pull up on the hood and then release it The hood will be held open at shoulder height by gas filled struts automatically Engine compartment HES Closing at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off A Warning er When closing the hood use extreme caution with the engine notat operating not to catch hands or fingers Be careful that temperature thevekiigle must nave been stationary for at least 30 minutes with the you do not close the hood on anyone engine turned off Make sure the hood is securely engaged before driving off Do not continue driving if the hood can no longer engage after an accident for example The hood could gt Open the hood gt page 188 otherwise come loose while the vehicle is in motion and injure you and or others Checking engine oil level gt Let the hood drop from a height of approximately 8 in 20 cm gt Check to make sure the hood is fully closed If you can raise the hood at a point above the headlamps then it is not properly closed Open it again and let it drop with somewhat greater force Operation DE gt Pull out oil dipstick Q Engine oil gt Wipe oil dipstick Q clean H pean The amount of oil your engine consumes will NY TS i a inis sie dipstick guide tube depend on a number of factors including S driving style Increased oil consumption can Pull out oil dipstick again after occur when the v
158. ange see One touch gearshifting gt page 107 The current gear range appears in the multifunction display Z Ir Err Erayp paul P 4 32 7760 31 Gear range indicator Effect With this selection you can use the braking effect of the engine Allows the use of the engine s braking effect when driving e on steep downgrades e in mountainous regions e under extreme operating conditions For maximum use of the engine s braking effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades Automatic shift program pz Program mode selector switch C Comfort For comfort driving S Sport For sporty driving For selecting automatic program mode C or S on vehicles with dynamic handling package see Dynamic handling package with sport driving mode gt page 143 De A Program mode selector switch on vehicles with dynamic handling package with sport driving mode M Manual For manual gearshifting page 108 Automatic transmission 107 The current program mode appears in the multifunction display Program mode indicator You should only change the program mode when the automatic transmission is in park position P Automatic program mode S will not be stored When the engine is turned off with the automatic program mode S selected the automatic transmission will go to the automatic program mode C when the engine is restarted Controls in detail fi Selecting pro
159. anges from a slow to a rapidly flashing light release the hand held remote control button and the signal transmitter button gt Step 6 Press and hold the just trained signal transmitter button or and observe indicator lamp Q If indicator lamp Q stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the respective signal transmitter button or is pressed and released If indicator lamp flashes rapidly for approximately 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with programming steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature gt Step 7 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text For your convenience and to complete the procedure faster you might want to have someone assist you gt Step 8 Locate the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufacturer the training button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is difficulty locating the transmitting button refer to
160. ansmission into park position P This will deactivate the DISTRONIC PLUS Setting the current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift the DISTRONIC PLUS lever in direction of arrow Q or depress in direction of arrow 2 gt page 134 The current speed is set gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal If you do not take your foot off of the accelerator pedal and continue to accelerate past the set speed the following message will appear in the multifunction display DISTRONIC PLUS Override The distance to a slower moving vehicle in front of you will not be set Your vehicle speed will then be determined only by the accelerator pedal position Changing the set speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others You can increase or decrease the set speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments or in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments When you use the DISTRONIC PLUS lever to decelerate the brake system will brake the vehicle automatically if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently Adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h i
161. ansporting cargo Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects Never drive a vehicle with the trunk open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death Load distribution PQ0 01 2639 2t The total load weight including vehicle occupants and luggage cargo should not exceed the total load limit indicated on the corresponding Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 202 The handling characteristics of a fully loaded vehicle depend greatly on the load distribution It is therefore recommended to load the vehicle according to the illustration shown The heaviest items are to be placed towards the front of the vehicle b gt Controls in detail Fy A Loading and storing Controls in detail Please pay attention to and comply with the following instructions when loading the vehicle and transporting cargo e Always place items being carried against front or rear seat backrests and fasten them as securely as possible e The heaviest portion of the cargo should always be kept as low as possible against front or rear seat backrests Roof rack For information about further roof rack equipment contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning Only use roof racks approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to avoid damage to the vehi
162. art gt page 115 e Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt page 115 e Resetting values gt page 116 e Remaining driving range and current fuel consumption gt page 116 e Digital Speedometer gt page 116 Standard display In the standard display the trip odometer 1 and the main odometer appear in the multifunction display If another display appears instead of the standard display gt Press button lt or gt Trip menu or gt Press button repeatedly until the standard display appears or gt Press and hold button standard display appears to select the until the Fuel consumption statistics since start gt Press button lt or gt to select the Trip menu gt Press button v or a to select From Start S 40 From Start 150 mi 18 4 mpg Distance driven since start Time elapsed since start Average speed since start Average fuel consumption since start All statistics stored since the last engine start will be reset approximately 4 hours after the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch Resetting will not occur if you turn the SmartKey back to position 1 or 2 within this time period The fuel consumption statistics since start reset automatically to 0 after 9999 miles or 999 hours whichever occur
163. atically when e the vehicle speed falls below 20 mph 30 km h e the ESC is in operation e the ESC is switched off with the ESC switch e the ESC has switched off due to a malfunction e you shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving The cruise control speed segments in the multifunction display goes out and an acoustic warning will sound Observe additional messages in the multifunction display that may appear Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the cruise control After a brief acceleration e g for passing the cruise control will resume the last set speed Changing the set speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others You can increase or decrease the set speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments or in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brake system will brake the vehicle automatically if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently Adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments The set speed value is increased or decreased in 1 mph Canada 1 km h
164. attery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charging and could cause an explosion that may result in personal injury paint damage or corrosion An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available It permits the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information and availability Charge battery in accordance with the separate instructions for the accessory battery charger Have the battery charged at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you charge the battery yourself follow the operating instructions for your charging device Only use a battery charge unit with a maximum charging voltage of 14 8 V gt Charge battery in accordance with the instructions of the battery charger manufacturer staring ss Jump starting A Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also
165. automatically Garage door opener The integrated remote control can operate up to three separately controlled devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems b gt aay Useful features Controls in detail EA Z Warning Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards When programming a garage door opener park vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death P68 05 2183 31 Interior rear view mirror with integrated remote control Hand held remote control is not part of the vehicle equipment Programming the integrated remote control gt Step 1 Swit
166. ay gt page 155 or we Maximum cooling MAX COOL MAX COOL is only available in U S vehicles MAX COOL is only operational when the engine is running You can use this setting to provide the fastest possible cooling of the vehicle interior when windows and tilt sliding panel are closed gt Activating Press button Ma The indicator lamp above the button comes on The climate control switches automatically to the following functions e maximum cooling e maximum blowing power e the air recirculation mode is switched on gt Deactivating Press button again The indicator lamp above the button goes out The previous settings are once again in effect Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside e g before driving through a tunnel This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment A Warning Fogged windows impair visibility endangering you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air conditioning is activated or press button wy gt Activating Press button 6 aj The indicator lamp above the button comes on The air reci
167. be locked again ice or if the vehicle battery is discharged If e The anti theft alarm system will be you cannot shut a door do not force it or rearmed you could damage the door or the window Fix whatever is affecting the window before trying to shut the door gt Global locking Press button Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogramm the SmartKey Pressing Locking and unlocking USA only Controls in detail L This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Important notes on using KEYLESS GO e You can also use the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO like a normal SmartKey gt page 70 e You can combine KEYLESS GO functions with
168. be started again You have attempted to start the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button while the automatic transmission was in reverse gear R or drive position D gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P or neutral position N Make sure the brake pedal is depressed The backup battery for the automatic transmission is no longer charging gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Tires Display messages Check Then Tire Restart Pressure Run Flat Indicator Run Flat Inoperativ Indicator e Check Tire Pressure Soon Tire after pressures driving a will be few displayed minutes Tire Inoperativ Press e Monitor Mne Inoperativ Pressure e No Monitor Wheel Sensors Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There has been a warning message about a loss in the tire inflation pressure and the tire pressure loss warning system was not restarted yet gt Make sure the correct tire inflation pressure is set for each tire gt Then restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 196 The tire pressure loss warning system is malfunctioning gt Have the tire pressure loss warning system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The tire pressure loss warning system indicates that the tire inflation pressure is too low in at least one tire gt Carefully bring the vehicle
169. blem the brake fluid catching fire You can be Driving with the brake warning lamp seriously burned illuminated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately ifthe Il If you find that the brake fluid in the brake brake warning lamp stays on Do not add fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum brake fluid before checking the brake system mark or below have the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result checked for brake pad thickness and leaks in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and What to do if Eee Safety systems Problem A Jc Jc The red seat belt telltale comes on fora maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine The red seat belt telltale comes on In addition you hear a warning chime for a maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine The red seat belt telltale comes on while the vehicle is standing still and the engine is running or while driving The red seat belt telltale flashes while driving In addition an intermittent warning chime sounds with increasing intensity Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat belt telltale reminds you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts before driving off gt Fasten your seat belts Regardless of whether the seat belts are fastened or not the seat belt telltale always comes on and remains lit for 6 seconds after starting th
170. c transmission is in drive position D gt Without shifting the automatic transmission out of drive position D drive to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the automatic transmission is set to position neutral position N reverse gear R or park position P gt Do not drive gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display poe Display messages p SM O PY ol IN Auxiliary Battery Shift to p Shift to p to Start Engine Mal functio n Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions In addition an acoustic warning sounds You have turned off the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button with the automatic transmission in neutral position N and opened the driver s door or You have attempted to switch off the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button with the automatic transmission in reverse gear R or drive position D gt Shift the automatic transmission to park position P With the HOLD function or the DISTRONIC PLUS activated you have e opened the driver s door and released the seat belt e turned off the engine e opened the hood In addition a continuous acoustic signal may sound The acoustic warning signal becomes more intense as you attempt to lock the vehicle The engine cannot be started Practical hints gt Shift the automatic transmission to park position P The engine can
171. cated in the glove box For information on Audio AUX mode or on media interface see separate COMAND system operating instructions The glove box can be ventilated gt page 160 gt Opening Pull glove box lid release 4 gt Closing Push glove box lid upwards until it engages You can lock the glove box e g when the vehicle is in the shop for service The glove box can only be locked or unlocked with the mechanical key Useful features 171 Dees hanes BF Glove box unlocked ee 2 Ni Dh Glove box locked N Front armrest storage compartments P68 00 6749 21 There is a small and a large storage compartment located underneath the armrest The small storage compartment can be removed for the purpose of emptying gt Opening storage compartments Press button or The armrest opens to the left and the right side automatically gt Closing storage compartments Swing the left and or right armrest backward until it engages Rear storage compartments A Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put luggage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during e braking e vehicle mane
172. cated on straight streets i e not in curves e on the same level as the street i e not on sidewalks for example Parking instructions e On narrow streets drive by the parking space as close as possible e Parking spaces that are dirty overgrown or located in front of trailers may not be detected correctly e Snowfall or heavy rain may cause imprecise measurement of the parking space e Also observe the Parktronic system warning indicator gt page 145 while the Parking Guidance is active Controls in detail Fy a Driving systems e You may not use the Parking Guidance when transporting cargo that protrudes the vehicle e Do not use the Parking Guidance when driving with snow chains or when a spare wheel is mounted e How well your vehicle will be parked after completion of the Parking Guidance depends on the position and shape of the vehicles parked in front of and behind the parking space as well as the conditions of the immediate surroundings In certain cases the Parking Guidance may guide you too far into the parking space or not far enough If this is the case cancel the parking procedure with the Parking Guidance and correct the vehicle position yourself Controls in detail e Detecting a parking space The Parking Guidance is active when driving forward The system operates at a vehicle speed of up to 22 mph 35 km h It scans automatically for and measures potential parking spaces on bo
173. cator Q appears as a solid band across the tread Tires and wheels Storing tires H Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and fuels Cleaning tires H Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards o The Uniform Tire Quality Grading is a U S Government requirement designed to give drivers consistent and reliable information regarding tire performance Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear Q traction 2 and temperature resistance G Although not a Government of Canada requirement all tires made for sale in North America have these grades branded on the sidewall For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example 207 Treadwear Traction Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S Gove
174. ch KEYLESS GO start stop button 107 128 134 110 112 144 33 170 32 78 78 0 0 Function Cockpit P68 10 4130 31 Page Steering wheel adjustment stalk Combination switch Turn signals Wipers High beam Parking brake pedal On board diagnostics OBD socket Hood lock release lever Parking brake release Door control panel Exterior lamp switch 84 90 94 90 102 188 102 34 87 27 Please refer to the overview of the indicator and warning lamps gt page 29 Function Fuel gauge Speedometer Cruise control speed 0100 segments DISTRONIC PLUS segments Multifunction display Coolant temperature gauge Tachometer Clock Instrument cluster illumination Page 112 128 132 114 111 111 111 PS4 32 7586 31 Indicator and warning lamps Cle 00O Ole O 00 PH Function ESC OFF warning lamp Front fog lamps indicator lamp Rear fog lamp indicator lamp Left turn signal indicator lamp ESC warning lamp Distance warning lamp Right turn signal indicator lamp Seat belt telltale Supplemental Restraint System SRS indicator lamp Engine malfunction indicator lamp W ERN gt Q dars f E a Page 265 90 90 90 265 266 90 263 264 267 es 43 P54 32 7626 31 Function Brake warning lamp Canada only Combi
175. ch on the ignition gt Step 2 If you have previously programmed a signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 or gt f you are programming the integrated remote control for the first time press and hold the two outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and and release them when indicator lamp Q begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds This procedure erases any previous settings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and begin directly with step 3 gt Step 3 Hold the end of hand held remote control G of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 12 in 5 to 30 cm away from the signal transmitter button or to be programmed while keeping indicator lamp Q in view gt Step 4 Using both hands simultaneously press hand held remote control button and the desired signal transmitter button or Do not release the buttons until step 5 is completed Indicator lamp will flash first slowly and then rapidly Indicator lamp flashes immediately the first time the signal transmitter button is programmed If this button has already been programmed the indicator lamp will start flashing after 20 seconds gt Step 5 After indicator lamp Q ch
176. chanical key gt Canceling Insert the mechanical key in the trunk lid lock gt Turn the mechanical key counterclockwise to neutral position 1 and remove the mechanical key in that position to unlock the trunk You can now open the trunk Starter switch positions Controls in detail el Starter switch positions SmartKey A Observe Safety notes see page 53 Starter switch 0 For removing SmartKey gear selector lever must be in park position P 1 Power supply for some electrical consumers e g wipers 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position 3 Starting position When you switch on the ignition all lamps in the instrument cluster come on The low beam headlamp indicator lamp high beam headlamp indicator lamp turn signal indicator lamps and the indicator lamps for the fog lamps will only come on if activated If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 260 If the SmartKey is left in starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the starter switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock remove SmartKey from the starter
177. ched off The brake system is still functioning normally but without the systems specified above available The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 232 gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident A What to do if Practical hints _ Problem erare USA only Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving and an acoustic warning sounds erare USA only Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on while the engine is running and an acoustic warning sounds A Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You are driving with the parking brake engaged gt Release the parking brake There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir Risk of accident gt Do not drive any further Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 232 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the pro
178. cing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the B seer indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the 8 zso indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the 8 itso indicator lamp while driving to make sure the Be kes indicator lamp is illuminated If the 3 exo indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front pa
179. ckrests in their upright position before installing top tether straps or when the extended cargo compartment is not in use Make sure that seat backrests are secured properly by pushing and pulling on the seat backrests If a seat backrest is not locked properly the seat backrest could fold The child seat would no longer be supported properly or positioned to provide its intended benefit That could cause serious or even fatal injuries This vehicle is equipped with tether anchorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seating positions Top tether straps enable an additional connection to be made between child restraint systems secured with LATCH type ISOFIX anchors and rear seats This can further reduce the risk of injury gt Press in upper part of anchorage ring cover 2 on the seat backrest on which a child seat is to be installed gt Pull on lower part of anchorage ring cover 2 to lift up anchorage ring cover 2 from anchorage ring Pe Occupant safety Installation of infant and child restraint P91 20 2267 31 gt Securely fasten hook which is part of top tether strap to anchorage ring 3 Make sure hook is attached to anchorage ring 8 beyond the safety catch as illustrated gt Depending on make model and according to the manufacturers mounting instructions guide top tether strap past the head restraint on the right and left or gt Guide top tether strap
180. cle Follow the manufacturer s installation instructions Otherwise an improperly attached roof rack system or its load could become detached from the vehicle Do not exceed the maximum roof load of 220 Ib 100 kg Take into consideration that when the roof rack is loaded the handling characteristics are different from those when operating the vehicle without the roof rack loaded Make sure e you can raise the power tilt sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with tilt sliding panel completely e you can open the trunk completely P77 40 2127 a1 wa N gt Flip trim covers Q open gt Only attach the roof rack to the anchorage points under trim covers Q gt Observe manufacturer s instructions for installation Parcel nets A Warning Parcel nets are intended for storing light weight items only such as road maps mail etc Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel nets In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants Parcel nets cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident Parcel nets are located in the front passenger footwell and on the left trunk side wall Cargo tie down rings Your vehicle is equipped with four cargo tie down rings Always follow loading instructions gt page 167 Carefully secure cargo by applyin
181. clockwise until jack is fully seated in take up bracket and the jack base evenly meets the ground gt Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is a maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Practical hints _ Removing the wheel P40 10 6269 31 gt Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt and remove it gt Replace this wheel bolt with alignment bolt gt Remove the remaining bolts H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt This could result in damage to the wheel bolts and wheel hub threads gt Remove the wheel Attaching the spare wheel A Warning Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tightened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Make sure to use the correct wheel bolts A Warning Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel bolts may come loose Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub H To avoid paint damage place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while installing first wheel bolt P40 10 5738 21 gt Guide the spare wheel onto the alig
182. control on Switch on off the climate control off system Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C control passenger side Air distribution Air volume Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C control driver s side 3 zone automatic climate control MEDIUM DIFFUSE Canada only gt page 158 gt page 158 gt page 164 gt page 157 gt page 159 gt page 161 gt page 161 gt page 159 P66 20 4015 31 Controls in detail Fy fea Climate control system Function Recommendation Notes Front climate control panel Air distribution and Switch on the automatic mode The gt page 158 A air volume indicator lamp above button auro comes automatic mode on Front defroster Keep this setting selected only until the gt page 161 S windshield and the front side windows are clear again K ZONE function on page 163 e off Fer Display o Air recirculation Ci Only use this function for a short time gt page 163 e g in a tunnel Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air Residual heat With the engine turned off it is possible gt page 163 ventilation to continue to heat or ventilate the interior A C cooling on off Switch on off the air conditioning gt page 158 Rear window gt page 164 defroster Climate control on Switch on off the climate control gt page 157
183. coustic signal sounds the respective setting has already been selected You can also switch on or off the automatic central locking using the control system gt page 125 Locking and unlocking A Observe Safety notes see page 53 You can lock or unlock the vehicle from the inside using the central locking or unlocking switch This can be useful for example if you want to lock the vehicle before starting to drive The central locking or unlocking switch does not lock or unlock the fuel filler flap m A gt Locking Press central locking switch When all doors are closed the vehicle locks gt Unlocking Press central unlocking switch Q You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch e and the SmartKey is set to factory settings the complete vehicle is unlocked when a door is opened from the inside e and the SmartKey is set to selective settings only the door opened from inside is unlocked If the vehicle has been locked centrally with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO it will not unlock using the central unlocking switch Controls in detail Fay Controls in detail _ Locking and unlocking A Warning Make sure the trunk is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle int
184. ction appears in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds The corresponding cruise control speed segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed in the multifunction display are illuminated Z Warning The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain responsible for the vehicle s speed and for safe brake operation Only use the cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate the cruise control when driving in fog The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning The cruise control brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded Setting current or higher speed Setting current or lower speed Canceling the cruise control Activating the cruise control or resuming to last set speed Activating cruise control You can activate the cruise control at a vehicle speed above 20 mph 30 km h You can
185. d facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster When the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an accident Occupant safety os Safety and security E Safety and security systems A Observe Safety notes see page 53 A Warning Always lock the seat backrests in their upright position when the rear seats are occupied by passengers Lock the seat ba
186. d Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc A Warning Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof batteries only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident Take care that you do not become statically charged e g by wearing synthetic clothing or rubbing against textiles For this reason you also should not pull or push the battery over carpets or other synthetic materials Never touch the battery first First touch the outside body of the vehicle in order to release any possible electrostatic charges Do not rub the battery with rags or cloths The battery could explode if touched due to electrostatic charge or due to spark formation H The battery is a Valve Regulated Lead Acid VRLA battery also referred to as fleece battery Such batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level VRLA batteries therefore do not have cell caps and the battery cover is non removable Do not attempt to open the battery as otherwise the battery will be damaged VRLA batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level They cannot be opened to
187. d driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Pedals A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all b gt Driving instructions Operation lest obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury Power assistance A Warning There is no power assistance for the steering and the brake when the engine is not running Steering and braking requires significantly more effort and you could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident as a result Do not turn off the engine while the vehicle is in motion Brakes Downhill grades H When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps prevent overheating of the brakes and reduces wear When using the e
188. d protection T gt Insert the tabs of the battery compartment Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is S cover into the housing and press the cover dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the E closed lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified A gt Check the operation of the SmartKey as well as the KEYLESS GO function technician Since replacing bulbs is a technically 3 highly demanding process we recommend Replacing bulbs to have them replaced at an authorized Safety notes Mercedes Benz Center Safe vehicle operation depends on proper if the headlamps or front fog lamps are exterior lighting and signaling to a large fogged up on the inside as a result of high degree humidity driving the vehicle a distance with Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely the lights on should clear up the fogging important Have headlamps checked and Replacing bulbs You can replace the following bulbs yourself Practical hints _ Halogen headlamps A a Bi Xenon headlamps Notes on bulb replacement H Do not replace LEDs or bulbs not described in this section You could otherwise damage the LEDs the bulbs or parts of the vehicle Only have the LEDs and bulbs replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Observe Safety notes see page 275 e Only use 12 volt bulbs of the same type and with the specified watt rating e Switch the lights off before changing a bulb t
189. data E H Fuels coolants lubricants etc Z Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned gt Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit gt Mix with water for temperatures above freezing point gt Mix with commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above the freezing point 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I water For temperatures below freezing point 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts solvent 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I solvent Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com USA only or www mercedes benz ca Canada only A Warning To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful w
190. dded caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident A malfunction has occurred while the HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS was switched on The engine cannot be started gt While observing surrounding traffic conditions and when it is safe immediately depress the brake pedal firmly until the warning message disappears gt Secure vehicle from rolling away before getting out of it gt page 102 The engine can be started again You are driving with the parking brake engaged In addition an acoustic warning sounds gt Release the parking brake There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir Risk of accident gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Do not drive any further gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Z Warning Driving with the message Check Brake Fluid Level displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately Do not add brake fluid before checking the bra
191. der to calibrate the compass properly mind the following e Calibrate the compass in open terrain Nearby buildings bridges power lines and large antenna masts for example could impair compass calibration e Switch off electrical consumers e g climate control windshield wipers or rear window defroster e Close all doors and the trunk gt Start the engine gt Press button approximately 6 seconds until symbol C appears in compass display gt Drive a full circle at a vehicle speed of between 3 mph 5 km h and 6 mph 10 km h When calibration was successful the current direction appears in compass display A Warning Whenever you are using a floormat make sure there is enough clearance and that the floormat is securely fastened The floormat should always be securely fastened using the fastening equipment Before driving off check that the floormat is securely in place and adjust it if necessary A loose floormat could slip and hinder proper functioning of the pedals Do not place several floormats on top of each other as this may impair pedal movement gt Move the driver s seat as far to the rear as possible gt Removing Pull floormat off of retainer pins gt Installing Press floormat eyelets C onto retainer pins Vehicle equipment 005 186 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 186 At the gas station ee 186 Engine co
192. dered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km Depending on the ambient temperature the driving speed and the tire load the tire temperature changes When the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire inflation pressure will change by approximately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar Keep this in mind when checking tire inflation pressure on warm tires and adjust the tire pressure only if the tire inflation pressure is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are warm the reading will be higher than the cold reading This is normal Do not let air out to match the specified cold tire inflation pressure Otherwise the tire will be underinflated Follow recommended cold tire inflation pressures listed on Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Keeping the tires properly inflated provides the best handling tread life and riding comfort In addition to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar also consult the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the filler flap for any additional information pertaining to special driving situations For more information see Important notes on tire inflation pressure gt page 194 Operation ie Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Tire data are speci
193. ding the tire size designation No letter preceding the size designation as illustrated above Passenger car tire based on European design standards Letter P preceding the size designation Passenger car tire based on U S design standards Letter LT preceding the size designation Light Truck tire based on U S design standards b gt 7A Tires and wheels Operation el Letter T preceding the size designation Temporary spare tires which are high pressure compact spares designed for temporary emergency use only Tire width Tire width Q indicates the nominal tire width in millimeters Aspect ratio Aspect ratio is the dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width and is expressed in percentage The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividing section height by section width Tire code Tire code 8 indicates the tire construction type The R stands for radial tire type Letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction letter B means belted bias ply construction At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 For additional information see Tire speed rating gt page 210 Rim diameter Rim diameter 4 is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim edge The rim diameter is indicated in inches in Load inde
194. direction of arrow C or until the roller sunblind has reached the desired position gt Express operation Move the roof panel switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow Q or and release The roller sunblind retracts extends completely gt Stopping during express operation Move the roof panel switch in any direction Opening and closing the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel A Observe Safety notes see page 53 A Warning When opening or closing the tilt sliding panel make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The tilt sliding panel is equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding panel is blocked during the closing procedure the tilt sliding panel will stop and open slightly The tilt sliding panel operates differently when the roof panel switch is pressed and held See the Closing when the tilt sliding panel is blocked section in this chapter for details The opening closing procedure of the tilt sliding panel can be immediately halted by releasing the roof panel switch or if the roof panel switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the roof panel switch in any direction A Warning The panorama roof with tilt sliding panel is made out of glass In the event of an accident the glass may shatter This may result in an opening in the roof
195. door handle gt page 73 until the windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed completely Make sure you are only touching sensor surface Q gt Release sensor surface Q on the outside door handle to interrupt the closing procedure gt Touch and hold sensor surface Q on an outside door handle once more The roller sunblind extends gt Release sensor surface Q on the outside door handle to interrupt the extending procedure Driving and parking Safety notes A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or Driving and parkin carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals Automatic transmission still have sufficient clearance La During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between or under the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury A Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission effort is necessary to brake and steer the Park position with gear selector lever lock vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly Reverse gear R N Neutral position D Drive position v
196. dren be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat e For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated Always make sure the 3 ior indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag i
197. ds Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control The DISTRONIC PLUS does not function in adverse sight and distance conditions Do not use the DISTRONIC PLUS during conditions of fog heavy rain snow or sleet Z Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take weather conditions into account Switch off the DISTRONIC PLUS or do not switch it on if e roads are slippery or covered with snow or ice The wheels could lose traction while braking or accelerating and the vehicle could skid e the DISTRONIC PLUS system sensor covers are dirty or visibility is diminished due to snow rain or fog for example The distance control system functionality could be impaired Always pay attention to surrounding traffic conditions even while the DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on Otherwise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is Driving systems Eee too late This could cause an accident in which you and or others could be injured A Warning The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning Close attention to road and traffic conditions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not the DISTRONIC PLUS is activated Use of the DISTRONIC PLUS can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant spe
198. dwear eee 207 Treadwear indicators tires 206 215 Trip Men 2 0 4 0 c c cccteeeseecctessaceans 115 Trunk COSINE ssststeevesdscactes terete reece 76 FUSE DOX arraso 291 Messages in the multifunction CIS PIA sczsc cccssesetsaguset Acevesecuwseceseatse 249 OPENIN eases caeccavessseeeesevivnesess eietetees 76 Tie down NINES esisiini 168 Trunk lid emergency release 77 Unlocking manually nsss 271 Valet locking eeens 77 Turning off the engine 0 103 Turn signals 00 0 0 eee eeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeees 90 Cleaning lenses 0 cccsssseeenseseess 225 Indicator lamps seeren 29 Messages in the multifunction d SplaY cs sscccccessecsrecsencsantceesssscceess 259 Replacing DulDS iiri erreser 276 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards connai 207 215 Units Selecting speedometer display MOJE en A R 122 Unleaded gasoline premium 303 Unlocking the vehicle KEYLESS GO sieisen siiin 71 Manually cs csccvsescescessaccctssaebsvessesess 271 SIMATIK CY ernro nr ri 70 Upholstery cleaning 228 Useful features 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeees 171 Valet locking 2 0 2 sesivatvecericcdncnis 77 Vehicle Battery icssvevsecisccsterecsseesetescacesns 283 Cane EE ET 222 Control Systemi sessist 112 Identification Number VIN 294 Locking UNIOCKING seess 70 Lowering wheel change 283 inde a Modifications and alterations Operating safet
199. e illuminated The vehicle speed displayed on the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting on the DISTRONIC PLUS system If the DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle directly ahead segments 2 in the multifunction display comes on between the speed of the vehicle ahead Q and the set speed Q If the DISTRONIC PLUS calculates that there is a danger of collision the distance warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on and an intermittent warning sounds gt Immediately apply the brake to avoid a collision Under no circumstances should the driver await the intermittent warning sound before braking See the following warning note The intermittent warning sound ceases and the distance warning lamp A goes out Driving systems 133 when the necessary distance to the vehicle responsibility to apply the brakes in order to ahead is again established control the vehicle and avoid a collision A Warning An intermittent warning sounds and the Displaying the distance graphic distance warning lamp Jintheinstrument In the DriveAssist menu under Distance cluster is illuminated if the DISTRONIC PLUS Display you see the current settings for B system calculates that the distance to the DISTRONIC PLUS The Information shown in __ vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current the multifunction display depends on whether oo speed indicate that the DISTRONIC PLUS will DISTRONI
200. e and those directly ahead of it It may not register stationary objects in the road e g e a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle The driver must always be alert observe all traffic and intercede as required by means of steering or braking the vehicle A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS should not be used in snowy or icy road conditions The most likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a dirty sensor located in the hood grille and in the bumper especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain In such a case the DISTRONIC PLUS will switch off and the message DISTRONIC PLUS Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display For cleaning and care of the sensors see gt page 225 If the message DISTRONIC PLUS Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual disappears during driving and the last speed stored flashes for approximately 5 seconds the dirt e g slush has dissolved the DISTRONIC PLUS is available again Another cause might be that the radar sensors have been manually switched off in the instrument cluster control system Please verify that the radar sensors are switched on gt page 126 b gt Driving systems A Controls in detail ma A Driving systems Turns and bends Controls in detail py P54 70 2424 31 In turns or bends the DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect a preceding vehicle or it may detect one too soo
201. e descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a reasonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odome
202. e engine You have forgotten to fasten your seat belt gt Fasten your seat belt The warning chime stops sounding You and or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out There are items placed on the front passenger seat and therefore the system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied gt Remove the items from the front passenger seat and put them in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out The vehicle s speed once exceeded 15 mph 25 km h and you and or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sounding There are items placed on the front passenger seat and therefore the system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied gt Remove the items from the front passenger seat and put them in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sounding Practical hints ian TA What to do if After 60 seconds with an unfastened seat belt the warning chime stops sounding and the seat belt telltale illuminates continuously The seat belt telltale will only go out if both the driver and front passenger s seat belt are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a door Practical hints E is opened Problem L The red SRS indicator lamp comes on while driving
203. e fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Instrument cluster na Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C i e close to the red zone of the temperature gauge H Excessive coolant temperature triggers a warning in the multifunction display The engine should not be operated with a coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C i e in the red zone of the coolant temperature gauge Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Tachometer The red marking on the tachometer gt page 28 denotes excessive engine speed H Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking Outside temperature indicator The outside temperature indicator is displayed in the multifunction display gt page 114 A
204. e goes out after a few minutes of driving There is a malfunction in the Advanced TPMS gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 232 gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center After the malfunction has been remedied the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after a few minutes of driving then stays illuminated A Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once a month when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure U
205. e graphic 133 Displays in the multifunction Gis play i ccsvecoesiecsscceecesteacesvsveceovs 132 Distance warning lamp 132 266 DYVI ME aeeie e 135 DYVE Wit 2ciceesesescgsstietvecesceveetes 139 MOV E E E T 134 Messages in the multifunction CIS lE E E 238 Resume function eeen 137 SENSOT COVER cecsscessssscsisdosssisaeescescse 225 Speed Settings secin 137 StOPPING aceites ntc 136 Door control panel i 34 Door handl s in ncsissisiiieciiesesssss 34 Doors Locking unlocking KEYLESS GO 71 Locking unlocking SmartKey 70 Messages in the multifunction displayen e EE 249 Opening from inside n se 74 Remote door lock Tele Aid 179 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 179 Unlocking Mechanical key 271 DOT Department of Transportation cee eeeeeeeeeeeee 213 Drinking and driving 217 Driving ADTOAG reeeo 220 Hydroplaning vse csstctateereesiesteststetees 219 IMSEFUCTIONS 3 505 0ecceesscessccecees 99 217 LV WINTER io scecscsecaeesetesetenscccnesesacesns 216 PrODIGMS assinnate ie etenen 101 Safety systems scence 58 SYSTEMS scssi riisti resisae iesi 127 Through standing water s 220 With DISTRONIC PLUS eee 139 inde Driving and parking SAlely NOLES r orn e ersten 98 Driving off 0 0 eee ee eeeeeteeeeees 101 219 Driving safety systems 0 58 ABS EIEEE TAE EE 59 Adaptive Brake eese 61 BAS E 60 BAS PLUS
206. e ground A Warning If circumstances require towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground always tow with a tow bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the brake system e there is a malfunction in the power supply or in the vehicle s electrical system This is necessary to adequately control the towed vehicle Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make sure the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 If the SmartKey is left in the starter switch position 0 for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock remove SmartKey from starter switch and reinsert A Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning flasher gt page 92 Towing the vehicle ES Practical hints a Fuses Practical hints _ H The vehicle may be towed only for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and
207. e in foreign countries please be aware that e Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e Unleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e Gasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Certain Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe under our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Introduction En Operating safety N Warning Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are interconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other systems Electronic malfunctions could seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle Some safety systems only function while the engine is running You should therefore
208. e multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds When the DISTRONIC PLUS is activated the following display appears in the multifunction display You must also apply the brakes yourself to avoid a collision The DISTRONIC PLUS brakes the vehicle in an effort to restore the preset distance or to maintain the set speed Z Warning If you do not receive visual or acoustic warning signals during a critical traffic situation DISTRONIC PLUS has either not recognized the collision risk has been deactivated or is malfunctioning Remember whether or not DISTRONIC PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS activated is operating it is ultimately always the drivers Your vehicle b gt Driving systems Controls in detail Leal Preset distance threshold to the preceding vehicle Preceding vehicle if detected DISTRONIC PLUS deactivated When the DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated you will see the following display in the multifunction display Preceding vehicle if detected Actual distance to the preceding vehicle Preset distance threshold to the preceding vehicle Your vehicle PRE SAFE Brake activated DISTRONIC PLUS lever P5 Setting current or higher speed Setting current or lower speed Deactivating the DISTRONIC PLUS Activating the DISTRONIC PLUS or resuming to the last set speed Setting following distance Activating DISTRONIC PLUS A Warning When the DISTRONIC PLUS is switc
209. e or more gears The manual shift program is available on vehicles with dynamic handling package Manual program mode M differs with regard to spontaneity response time and shifting smoothness from automatic program mode S In manual program mode M system controlled automatic gearshifting is switched off You need to change the gears by manually upshifting or downshifting using the gear selector lever or the steering wheel gearshift control Bess Program mode selector switch on vehicles with dynamic handling package M Manual For manual gearshifting The current program mode appears in the multifunction display gt page 107 For information on automatic program mode C or S see Dynamic handling package with sport driving mode gt page 143 and Automatic shift program gt page 107 Activating manual shift program gt Press the program mode selector switch repeatedly until M appears in the multifunction display The automatic transmission switches to manual program mode M Automatic shifting is switched off The gear range is not limited You can change the gears manually with drive position D selected You can upshift or downshift through the gears in succession Manual program mode M will not be stored When the engine is turned off with manual program mode M selected the automatic transmission will go to Automatic transmission automatic program mode C when the engine is re
210. e scans for and measures potential parking spaces when driving past Subsequent changes to the parking space are not taken into account This may be the case if the position of the vehicle parked in front or behind the space changes or obstacles in the parking space are moved The Parking Guidance does not relieve you of the responsibility to pay attention If you only rely on the Parking Guidance you may cause an accident and injure yourself and others You are always responsible for safety and must continue to pay attention to your immediate surroundings when parking and maneuvering Driving systems 147 A Warning The system cannot detect objects located above the area that the sensors scan These objects e g protruding load overhang or truck tail lifts will be ignored when computing the parking procedure The Parking Guidance might therefore provide untimely steering instructions This could cause a collision Thus do not use the Parking Guidance in such situations A Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in the area in which you are maneuvering You could otherwise injure them H Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts elevated crossbars or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle Use the Parking Guidance for parking spaces that are e parallel to the direction of travel e lo
211. e separately from each other could cause engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the coolant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection and increase boil over protection Refer to the Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Coolant system design and coolant used determine the replacement interval The replacement interval published in the Maintenance Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze solution or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification are used to renew the coolant concentration or bring it back up to the proper level For information on other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 50 anticorrosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approximately 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will increase due to the lower heat transfer capability of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze If the coolant
212. e wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the tire to the recommended tire inflation pressure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim 20 Radial ply tires 21 Must not be used with snow chains Fuels coolants lubricants etc ral Please note that the tire inflation pressure of the spare wheel differs from the tire inflation pressure of the road tires Rim light alloy Wheel offset Minispare tire22 Recommended tire inflation pressure Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match Therefore only use products tested and approved by Mercedes Benz For information on tested and approved products contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only A Warning Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling storing and disposing of service All models SS la 17 nl 0 77 in 19 5 mm T 135 80 R17 103M 61 psi 4 2 bar fluids Otherwise you could endanger persons or the environment Keep service fluids out of the reach of children For health reasons you should prevent service fluids from coming into direct contact with your skin or clothing If a service fluid is swallowed contact a physician immediately Technical data P Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc En
213. eat occupied are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a door is opened For more information see Practical hints gt page 263 Emergency Tensioning Device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts are equipped with ETDs and seat belt force limiters The ETDs are designed to activate in the following cases e in frontal or rear end impacts exceeding the system s preset deployment threshold e in side impacts exceeding the system s preset deployment threshold on the far side of the impact e if the restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see SRS indicator lamp gt page 36 The ETDs for the front seats will only activate if the front seat belts are fastened latch plate properly inserted into buckle The ETDs for the rear seats will activate with or without the respective seat belts fastened In an impact the ETDs remove slack from the seat belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body Seat belt force limiters when activated are employed to help reduce the peak force exerted by the seat belts on occupants during a crash The ETDs do not correct an incorrect seat position or incorrectly worn seat belts The ETDs do not pull occupants back toward the seat backrest A Warning Pyrotechnic ETDs that were activated must be replaced For your safety when disposing of the pyrotechnic ETDs always follow our safety instructions
214. ecause the ESC operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer or when the vehicle is being towed with one axle raised Active braking action through the ESC may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty If your brake system is only subjected to moderate loads you should occasionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads A Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Refer to the description of the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 60 or BAS PLUS gt page 60 Driving off Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached H When driving off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an extended period with the ESC switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited
215. eceding vehicle is stationary you can only switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS if your vehicle is also at a standstill gt Pull the DISTRONIC PLUS lever briefly in direction of arrow The DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on gt Tap the DISTRONIC PLUS lever up or down until desired speed is set You can adjust the set speed using the DISTRONIC PLUS lever and the target distance using the distance setting switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS lever gt page 138 if the DISTRONIC PLUS is switched off the PRE SAFE Brake gt page 63 will warn of an impending collision if this function has been activated with the instrument cluster control system gt page 120 Controls in detail Pes Starting off When the preceding vehicle starts off gt Remove your foot from the brake pedal gt Pull the DISTRONIC PLUS lever briefly in direction of arrow or gt Briefly step on the accelerator pedal Your vehicle starts off and adapts its speed to the preceding vehicle Driving If there is no preceding vehicle the DISTRONIC PLUS functions like the cruise control gt page 128 When the DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the preceding vehicle is driving more slowly it brakes the vehicle in order to keep the distance specified by you When the DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the preceding vehicle is driving faster it accelerates the vehicle up to the set speed A Warning When you step on the brake pedal you switch off the DIS
216. ed The DISTRONIC PLUS will not react to stationary objects in the roadway e g a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle The DISTRONIC PLUS will also not respond to oncoming vehicles Switch off the DISTRONIC PLUS e when changing from the left to the right lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane Controls in detail Py e when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e in complex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations the DISTRONIC PLUS will continue to maintain the set speed unless deactivated The DISTRONIC PLUS is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set distance from moving objects in front of it The DISTRONIC PLUS functions in a speed range of 0 to 120 mph Canada 0 to 200 km h if a preceding vehicle is detected If no preceding vehicle is detected the DISTRONIC PLUS functions in a speed range of 20 to 120 mph Canada 30 to 200 km h b gt Driving systems Controls in detail Lead Always obey applicable speed limits Do not use the DISTRONIC PLUS if you are driving on a road with steep uphill or downhill slopes When traveling in Canada in a vehicle not registered in Canada you must switch off the radar sensor system gt page 126 Canadian law does not permit the use of the radar sensor system for vehicles from outside of Canada When you switch off the radar sensor system the following funct
217. ed as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 232 Unlocking locking manually A Warning Unlocking the driver s door If the k indicator lamp does not illuminate or remains out with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less on the front passenger seat do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Unlocking locking manually gt Insert mechanical key into the driver s If you cannot unlock the vehicle with the door lock SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO unlock the driver s door and the trunk using the mechanical key The anti theft alarm system will trigger when you gt Turn mechanical key 2 counterclockwise to position _ gt Pull the door handle to open the driver s door gt Turn mechanical key 2 back and remove it from the driver s door lock Practical hints e unlock the driver s door or the trunk with the mechanical key and Unlocking the trunk OPEN VNE UNINET S wearer ie Hunk A minimum height clearance of 5 58 ft To cancel the alarm insert the SmartKey into 1 70 m is required to open the trunk lid the starter switch Removing the mechanical key P80 20 2
218. ed constantly in red after the system self test e The message Tele Aid Inoperative or Tele Aid Not Activated appears in the multifunction display after the system self test If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expected In case of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or contact the Customer Assistance Center at b gt Useful features Controls in detail kal 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only as soon as possible Emergency calls H In order to activate the Tele Aid system a subscriber agreement must be completed To ensure your system is activated and operational please press Information button Q i to perform the acquaintance call Failure to complete either of these steps may result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only An emergency call is initiated automatically following an accident in which the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs or air bags have deployed An automatically initiated Tele Aid emergency call cannot be canceled An emergency call can also be initiated manually gt page 176 Once the emergency call is in progress the ind
219. ed promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter causing it to overheat and potentially start a fire Onlyuse premium unleaded gasoline with a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 average of 96 RON 86 MON Information on gasoline quality can normally be found on the fuel pump Please contact gas station personnel in case labels on the pump cannot be found For more information on gasoline see Premium unleaded gasoline gt page 303 see Fuel requirements gt page 304 or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only Locking unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO automatically locks unlocks the fuel filler flap In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap see Fuel filler flap gt page 273 The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand side of the vehicle towards the rear gt Turn off the engine Leaving the engine running and the fuel filler cap open can cause the yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp i to illuminate For more information see also Practical hints gt page 267 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door This puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the At the gas station starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again gt Ope
220. ee Seats Backup lamps Messages in the multifunction CS DIY cstesccccisassazes eceuecsscbssesestesaecs 255 Bar air pressure unit 0 0 0 0 213 BAS Brake Assist System 60 BAS PLUS Brake Assist System PLUS Teen EISE 60 Batteries SmartKey Checking condition sesse 73 R plaCiNE enren e 274 Battery Vehicle 00 0 ee 283 CASING escsscstcscsesdhstasetssceedesesseegess 285 JUMP Starting sesiis 285 Messages in the multifunction CISPIAY s ccssenescosseesuncdestvedecessnss 241 254 Bead tife 213 Beverage holders see Cup holders Brake Assist System see BAS Brake Assist System PLUS see BAS PLUS Brake fluid Checking level c cccccccesecescsosesencesss 191 Messages in the multifunction CIS PIA iheni s recane tenereet 246 Brake lamps Cleaning lenses ssec 225 Brake pads Messages in the multifunction displayer a tomer eyes etescass 244 Brakes eoo 218 Parking Brake s sic ccisssccceeceseseceezess 102 Warning lamp sse cssesscvsseesssvcasauees 261 Break in period eee eeeeeeseeee 186 Bulbs see Replacing bulbs CAC Customer Assistance Center 22 California retail buyers and lessees important notice for 20 Calls phone ee Can holders see Cup holders Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 200 0 eee eeeeeeeees 301 Cargo tie down rings cece 168 Carpets cleaning eee 228 Center console Lower part oreore 32 Upper Paltacsc eden 32
221. een switched off the engine cannot be started until the HOLD function is deactivated If a malfunction in the system or the power supply occurs while the HOLD function is activated the message Brake Immediately appears in the multifunction display gt Apply the brakes immediately until the message in the multifunction display disappears or gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P This will deactivate the HOLD function Dynamic handling package with sport driving mode The most important part of the dynamic handling package with sport driving mode is the variable damping system It adjusts the damping to the respective driving condition automatically The damping adjustment depends on e your driving style e the road condition e your individual selection see the following description Driving systems 143 The sport driving mode button selects the automatic shift programs C S For information on the automatic shift programs see Automatic shift programs gt page 107 The automatic transmission with dynamic handling package with sport driving mode contains additional steering wheel gearshift controls gt page 107 and the manual shift program gt page 108 Controls in detail ie 4 gt Start the engine Sport driving mode The firmer suspension tuning in sport driving mode provides enhanced road contact Select this mode for example on winding highways The setting r
222. ehicle is new or the vehicle approximately 3 seconds to obtain is driven frequently at higher engine speeds accurate reading Engine oil consumption checks should only The oil level is correct when it is between be made after the vehicle break in period lower min mark and upper max mark 2 of oil dipstick H Do not use any special lubricant additives as these may damage the drive assemblies E 350 Using special additives not approved by The filling quantity between the upper and Mercedes Benz may cause damage not lower marks on the oil dipstick is covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited approximately 2 1 US qt 2 0 1 Warranty E 550 For further information contact an The filling quantity between the upper and authorized Mercedes Benz Center lower marks on the oil dipstick is approximately 1 6 US qt 1 5 I Notes on checking engine oil level gt If necessary add engine oil When checking the oil level For more information on engine oil see e the vehicle must be parked on level ground Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 301 e with the engine at operating temperature the vehicle must have been stationary for b gt a Engine compartment For information on messages in the multifunction display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 254 Adding engine oil H Only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Maintenance System For a
223. em will also be triggered when e the vehicle is opened with the mechanical key e a door is opened from the inside e the trunk is opened with the emergency release button To cancel the alarm after it has been triggered see Canceling the alarm gt page 67 If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds the Tele Aid system initiates a call to the Customer Assistance Center automatically The Tele Aid system will initiate the call provided that e you have subscribed to the Tele Aid service e the Tele Aid service has been activated properly e the necessary mobile phone power supply and GPS coverage are available gt Arming Lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash three times and an acoustic warning sounds three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked Indicator lamp Q flashes to indicate that the alarm system is armed if the turn signal lamps do not flash three times and the acoustic warning does not sound three times a door or the trunk may not be properly closed Close the respective element gt Disarming Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash once and an acoustic warning sounds once to indicate that the alarm system is disarmed Anti theft systems Unless you open a door or the trunk within approximately 40 seconds after unlocking the vehicle e The vehicle will be locked again e The ant
224. emains stored until you turn off the engine gt Press button Indicator lamp Q comes on The sport driving mode is selected The accelerator pedal may respond more immediate The automatic program mode S is selected and will be displayed in the multifunction display gt page 107 Comfort driving mode Vehicle handling in comfort driving mode is softer Select this mode when you prefer a more comfortable driving style on straight freeways b gt on Driving systems Controls in detail L gt Press button Indicator lamp Q goes out The comfort driving mode is selected The automatic program mode C is selected and will be displayed in the multifunction display gt page 107 Parktronic system The Parktronic system with Parking Guidance is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors designed to assist the driver during parking maneuvers The Parktronic system indicates the relative distance between the vehicle and an obstacle visually and audibly The Parktronic system is activated automatically when e you switch on the ignition and e you release the parking brake and e the automatic transmission is in drive position D reverse gear R or neutral position N The Parktronic system deactivates at speeds above approximately 11 mph 18 km h At lower speeds the Parktronic system activates again The Parktronic system also deactivates when you shift the automatic transmission into park
225. enger seat as being empty the B fisser indicator lamp will illuminate and not go out A Warning If the 8 indicator lamp does not illuminate the system is not functioning You must contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat Safety and security For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 270 A Warning Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the OCS The bottom and back of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion and backrest If necessary adjust the tilt of the passenger seat backrest An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of increasing protection for the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of child seats Seat belts Safety notes The use of seat belts and infant and child restraint systems is required by law in all 50 b gt ral Occupant safety Safety and security Ld states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Even where this is not the case all vehicle occupants should have their seat belts fastened whenever the vehicle is in motion See Children in the vehicle gt page 53 for information on e infa
226. engine is off and the power outlets are being used extensively the vehicle battery may become discharged gt Switch on the ignition Power outlet in glove box gt Open the glove box gt page 170 Power outlet in rear passenger compartment gt Pull at top of cover Q Tele Aid H In order to activate the Tele Aid system a subscriber agreement must be completed Useful features 175 To ensure your system is activated and operational please press Information button amp i to perform the acquaintance call Failure to complete either of these steps may result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aid acquaintance call you will receive a user ID and password in the mail You may use this password to access the Tele Aid section in Owner s Online at www mbusa com USA only The My Tele Aid section will give you access to account information remote door unlock and more The Tele Aid system is available if e it has been activated and is operational Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services connection and cellular air time e vehicle battery power is available e the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the informat
227. ent and or personal injury Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 A Introduction Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become i
228. erator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Locking and unlocking Notes A Observe Safety notes see page 53 When unlocking or locking the vehicle with the SmartKey an acoustic signal sounds The acoustic signal is activated at the factory If you wish to deactivate the feature or adjust its signal volume contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center When unlocking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash once An acoustic signal sounds once and the locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is disarmed When locking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash three times An acoustic signal sounds three times and the locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed All doors and the trunk must be closed If you cannot lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the SmartKey is malfunctioning or the vehicle battery is drained gt Check the batteries in the SmartKey gt page 73 and replace them if necessary gt Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door and the trunk gt page 271 gt page 272 gt Have the vehicle battery and the vehicle battery connections checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartK
229. erior resulting in unconsciousness and death H When you open the trunk the trunk lid swings open upwards Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance You can open the trunk when the vehicle is stationary A minimum height clearance of 5 58 ft 1 70 m is required to open the trunk lid Opening the trunk from the outside P80 20 2432 31 gt Press and hold button 5 gt page 70 on the SmartKey until the trunk unlocks and begins to open or gt Pull on handle In vehicles without KEYLESS GO The vehicle must be unlocked If the trunk does not open it is still locked separately gt page 77 gt Pull remote trunk opening switch until the trunk begins to open If the trunk does not open it is still locked separately gt page 77 A Warning Make sure the trunk is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death A Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around A Observe Safety notes see page 53 Do not leave the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out If the vehicle was previously locked centrally with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO the trunk lid will lock automatically when closed
230. erminal connections gt Connect positive terminal 2 of charged battery with positive terminal with a jumper cable Clamp the cable to positive terminal 2 of charged battery first gt Start engine of the vehicle with charged battery and run at idle speed gt Connect negative terminal of charged battery with negative terminal with a jumper cable Clamp the cable to negative terminal of charged battery first gt Start engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery and run at idle speed You can now turn on the electrical consumers Do not switch on the headlamps under any circumstances gt Remove the jumper cables from negative terminals and first gt Remove the jumper cables from positive terminals and You can now switch on the headlamps gt Slide cover Q from positive terminal back gt Have the battery checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Towing the vehicle Safety notes A Warning The vehicle is braked when the HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS is activated Therefore deactivate the HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS if the vehicle is to be towed Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is preferable to other types of towing Towing the vehicle To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its c
231. ery second The control system relays information to the multifunction display Multifun The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system are controlled by using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel 9 Function only available in telephone menu Multifunction display Press button AQA EE X to end a call to reject an incoming call to answer a call to dial to redial to mute Press button to set the volume Press button we to activate the Voice Control System Press button briefly Sj to cancel the Voice Control System to go back to confirm messages Press and hold button 10 Function only available in vehicles with Voice Control System to select the standard display Press button gt to call up line for menus and to 4 select menus Press button briefly A to select submenu or scroll Y through lists within Audio menu to select previous or next track scene or stored station within Tel menu to switch to the phone book and select a name or number Press and hold button within Audio menu to select a V_ track or scene with quick search or to select previous or next station in station list or wave band within Tel menu to start the quick search in the phone book Press button
232. es gt Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water H Only use window cleaning solutions that are suitable for plastic lamp lenses Window cleaning solutions which are not suitable may damage the plastic lamp lenses of the headlamps Therefore do not use abrasives solvents or cleaners that contain solvents Operation i Cleaning the driving systems sensors gt Switch off the ignition gt Clean DISTRONIC PLUS PRE SAFE Brake system sensor cover Q by hand To clean DISTRONIC PLUS PRE SAFE Brake system sensor cover and the bumper area near sensors 2 observe the following e Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water e Use a soft non scratching cloth Vehicle care H If you use a power washer to clean the sensor covers observe the following e Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer e Maintain a distance between the sensor covers and the nozzle of the power washer Operation lest P64 65 3827 21 gt Only use clean water and a soft non scratching cloth to clean rear view camera lens Be careful not to apply wax to rear view camera lens Q when waxing the vehicle If necessary remove the wax using the Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water H Do not clean the camera and the area around the camera e with a high p
233. es Benz Center arrange for a replacement It will be mailed to you Identification labels The Vehicle Identification Number VIN can be found on certification label Q on the driver s door B pillar e embossed underneath the carpet in the front passenger footwell gt page 295 e on the lower edge of the windshield Identification labels MED BY DAIMLER ASS S in 4508 na NAGA 2172 ve err EA 1 P00 01 3875 3t Example certification label U S vehicles VIN Paintwork code DAIMLER AG IDE in C f 1200 rp 1230 PO0 01 9683 31 Example certification label Canada vehicles VIN Paintwork code Data shown on certification label are for illustration purposes only These data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illustration Refer to certification label on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle gt Move the front passenger seat backward as far as possible gt page 81 gt Fold carpet 4 backward VIN is now visible Emission control information label includes both federal and California certification exhaust emission standards VIN on lower edge of windshield Engine number engraved on engine When ordering parts please specify vehicle identification and engine number Technical data A Vehicle specification E 550 207 372 Technical data E Vehicle specification E 350 207 356 The quoted data a
234. es out The rear side windows can be operated again using the respective switch located in the rear side trim panels For more information on power windows see the Controls in detail section gt page 95 Panic alarm P80 00 2187 31 gt Activating Press and hold button for at least 1 second An audible alarm and flashing exterior lamps will operate gt Deactivating Press PANIC PANIC button Q again or gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Introd
235. est es gt Fold seat backrest Q rearward until it engages H Make sure that the seat belt is not pinched gt Check for secure locking by pushing and pulling on the seat backrest gt Adjust front seats to desired position gt page 81 A Warning Always lock the seat backrest in its upright position when the rear seat bench is occupied or the extended cargo volume is not in use Check for secure locking by pushing and pulling on the seat backrest In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo To prevent unauthorized persons from access to the trunk always lock the seat backrests in its upright position A Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put luggage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during e braking e vehicle maneuvers e an accident Glove box Depending on vehicle equipment an AUX socket or a media interface is lo
236. etail Submenus in the Settings menu gt Press button lt q or gt Sett menu to select the gt Press button or a to select a submenu Scroll down with button Y scroll up with button a With the selection marker on the desired submenu use the button OK to access the individual functions within that submenu Once within the submenu you can use button A to move to the next function or button v_ to move to the previous function within that submenu The following lists show what settings can be changed within the various menus Detailed instructions on making individual settings can be found on the following pages Instrument cluster submenu e Selecting speedometer display mode page 122 e Permanent display speed display or outside temperature gt page 123 Lights submenu e Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt page 123 e Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on or off gt page 124 e Switching locator lighting on or off gt page 124 e Switching interior lighting delayed shut off on or off gt page 125 Vehicle submenu e Switching automatic central locking on or off gt page 125 e Switching the radar sensors on or off gt page 126 Convenience submenu e Activating easy entry exit feature gt page 126 Activating deactivating seat
237. etion to select the appropriate setting given road conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recommendations for safe following distance gt Increasing distance Turn distance setting switch Q in direction of arrow Increasing the distance setting tells the DISTRONIC PLUS to maintain a greater following distance to the preceding vehicle gt Decreasing distance Turn distance setting switch Q in direction of arrow Decreasing the distance setting tells the DISTRONIC PLUS to maintain a shorter following distance to the preceding vehicle Driving with DISTRONIC PLUS This section describes a number of driving situations where special precaution is required on the part of the driver Be prepared to brake in such situations Braking will deactivate the DISTRONIC PLUS system A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS works to maintain the speed selected by the driver unless a moving obstacle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g following another vehicle ahead of you at your set distance This means that e Your vehicle can pass another vehicle after you have changed lanes e While in a sharp turn or if the preceding vehicle is in a sharp turn the DISTRONIC PLUS could lose sight of the preceding vehicle Your vehicle could then accelerate to the previously selected speed The DISTRONIC PLUS regulates only the distance between your vehicl
238. exists proceed as follows e Release button to stop the closing procedure To open press and hold button a To continue the closing procedure after making sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the eas procedure press and hold button Vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Release the sensor surface on the outside door handle to stop the closing procedure e Immediately pull on the same outside door handle and hold firmly The windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel will open for as long as the door handle is held but the door not opened With SmartKey The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the driver s outside door handle gt Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle gt Press and hold button on the SmartKey until the windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed completely gt Release button on the SmartKey to interrupt the closing procedure gt Press and hold button SmartKey once more The roller sunblind extends gt Release button on the SmartKey to interrupt the extending procedure on the P80 61 2419 231 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door gt Close all doors gt Touch and hold sensor surface Q on an outside
239. explains the fuse allocation and fuse amperages Before replacing fuses gt Engage the parking brake gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again Fuse box in passenger compartment H Do not use sharp objects such as a screwdriver to open the fuse box cover in the dashboard You could damage the fuse box cover or the dashboard gt Open the driver s door gt Opening Using your hands pull fuse box cover Q in direction of arrow and remove in direction of arrow gt Closing Hook fuse box cover Q into the opening at the front gt Press fuse box cover Q back on until it engages Fuses ion H The fuse box cover must be properly gt Move aside wire 2 Route wire behind positioned as described Otherwise connection 8 to do this moisture or dirt could enter the fuse box gt Release clamps Q and possibly impair fuse operation gt Closing Make sure the sealing rubber is positioned properly gt Press fuse box cover down and secure with clamps Q WZ gt Fasten wire 2 on fuse box cover H The fuse box cover must be properly positioned as desc
240. ey is malfunctioning contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center SmartKey Your vehicle comes supplied with two SmartKeys each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2425 21 Le Lock button 3 Unlock button for trunk lid ew Unlock button When you open a door the windows on that side lowers slightly Once you close the door the windows move up again H A window will not work if it is blocked with ice or if the vehicle battery is discharged If you cannot shut a door do not force it or you could damage the door or the window Fix whatever is affecting the window before trying to shut the door Locking and unlocking USA only button g will then only unlock the driver s This device complies with Part 15 of the door and the fuel filler flap FCC Rules Operation is subject to the gt Switching on off Press and hold buttons following two conditions a and 9 simultaneously for 1 This device may not cause harmful approximately 6 seconds until the battery interference and check lamp gt page 73 flashes twice B 2 this device must accept any The SmartKey will then function as follows interference received including gt Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler g in
241. f gt Stop accelerating Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages DISTRONIC PLUS HOLD Parking Guidance Parking Guidance Parking Guidance oN Off Inoperativ Canceled Finished Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions One of the activation conditions for the DISTRONIC PLUS has not been fulfilled You may have attempted to set a speed below 20 mph 30 km h gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h if the situation allows and set the speed gt Check the activation conditions for the DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 134 The HOLD function switched off because e the vehicle was sliding for example on a slippery surface e one of the activation conditions has no longer been fulfilled gt page 141 gt Activate the HOLD function later The Parktronic system is malfunctioning gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The Advanced Parking Guidance has been canceled because e the vehicle is sliding e the bumper became dirty in the area of the sensors e there has been a malfunction gt Use the Advanced Parking Guidance again later If the parking space symbol is not shown in the multifunction display at a speed below 10 mph 16 km h gt Clean the bumpers gt page 225 or gt Restart the engine or gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Advanced Parking Guidance The vehicle is in
242. faster than 112 mph 180 km h most of the time e operating the COMAND or making phone calls via COMAND e changing lanes or varying the vehicle speed i e you intervene actively Warnings and displays in the multifunction display 160 9 gt Switch on the ATTENTION ASSIST via the control system gt page 120 ATTENTION ASSIST indicator Q appears in the multifunction display When the ATTENTION ASSIST is active it will warn you after 20 minutes of driving at the earliest An intermittent warning will then sound twice and the message Attention Assist Time for a rest appears in the multifunction display gt If possible park your vehicle in a safe location and take a rest gt Confirm the message by pressing button OK on the multifunction steering wheel If you do not take a rest and the ATTENTION ASSIST continues to recognize fatigue or increasing inattentiveness you will b gt Driving systems nen Controls in detail Pas TA Climate control system Controls in detail L be warned once more after 15 minutes atthe The ATTENTION ASSIST will be reset and earliest restarts evaluating the degree of your fatigue During long trips take regular and duly rests when that allow you to recover sufficiently e you turn off the engine e you release the seat belt and open the driver s door e g during a rest or for a driver change Climate control system Overview of climate control system
243. fic to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle a Tires and wheels Operation SEE DANEG ANUAL FOR r AATIONS com et E POUF P40 00 2133 21 The Tire and Loading Information placard lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures 1 for maximum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Important notes on tire inflation pressure Z Warning If the tire inflation pressure drops repeatedly check the tires for punctures from foreign objects and or whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim Tire temperature and tire inflation pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load If you will be driving your vehicle at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal and conditions allow consult the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap on how to adjust the cold tire inflation pressure If you do not adjust the tire inflation pressure excessive heat can build up and result in sudden tire failure If you are not sure about the proper tire inflation pressure contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Driving comfort may be reduced when the tire inflation pressure is adjusted to the value for speeds
244. for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Engine E 550 max 220 Ib 100 kg Engine type 273 Mode of operation 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 14 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating 15 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out Engine E 550 Main dimensions E 550 No of cylinders 8 Overall vehicle 185 0 in 4698 mm length Bore 3 86 in 98 00 mm Overall vehicle 79 8 in 2028 Stroke 3 56 in 90 50 mm y Re ee ee Total piston 332 2 CU y Overall vehicle 54 8 in 1393 mm displacement 5461 cm height ser aa 10 7 1 Wheelbase 108 7 in 2760 mm Track front 60 6 in 1538 Output acc to 382 hp 6 000 rpm shaun cal init iu SAE J 134916 285 kW 6000 rpm Track rear 60 8 in 1544 mm B Maximum torque 391 Ib ft Ground clearance 3 7 in 95 mm P acc to SAE J 1349 2800 4800 rpm A 7 530 Nm Turning circle 36 1 ft 11 0 m 5 2 800 4800 rpm Maximum engine 6500 rpm Welgnis 2 Be 2 speed Roof load max 220 Ib 100kg Firing order 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 Trunk load max 220 Ib 100kg Poly V belt 2401 mm Electrical system E 550 Notes Alternator 14 V 180 A H Only use tires which have been tested and Starter motor 12 V 1 7 kW approved by Mercedes Benz Tires Battery 12 V 80 Ah approved by Mercedes Benz are developed to provide best possible performance in Spark plugs type NGK PLKR 7A conjunction with the driving safety systems on your vehicle such as the ABS
245. from data shown in above illustration DOT Department of Transportation Tire branding symbol denotes that the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer s identification mark Manufacturer s identification mark denotes the tire manufacturer New tires have a mark with two symbols Retreaded tires have a mark with four symbols For more information on retreaded tires see gt page 192 Tire size Code 3 indicates the tire size Tire type code Tire type code may at the option of the manufacturer be used as a descriptive code for identifying significant characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture The date of manufacture 6 identifies the week and year of manufacture The first two figures identify the week starting with 01 to represent the first full week of the calendar year The second two figures represent the year For example 3208 represents the 32nd week of 2008 Tire ply material For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This marking tells you about the type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread 2 Tire and loading terminology Accessory weight The combined weight in excess of those standard items which may be replaced of automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windo
246. from the starter switch gt page 79 The KEYLESS GO system is malfunctioning gt Remove the KEYLESS GO button from the starter switch gt page 79 gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch The washer fluid in the washer fluid reservoir has fallen below the minimum level gt Add washer fluid gt page 191 Power assistance for the steering system is not available A considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to steer the vehicle gt Check whether you are capable to apply the higher degree of effort necessary to safely steer the vehicle If you are able to steer the vehicle safely gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If in any way you feel that you are not able to steer the vehicle safely gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as it is safe to do so gt Apply the parking brake gt Do not continue to drive gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints A Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Practical hints Engine Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Check The coolant level is too low Coolant gt Add coolant gt page 190 Level See gt If you have to add coolant frequently have the cooling cae 5 system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Z Warning Do not spill antifreeze on hot eng
247. functions Your vehicle is equipped with either of the following climate control systems Dual zone automatic climate control 3 zone automatic climate control PE3 25 2397 31 P83 25 2365 31 Canada only P83 25 2364 31 Canada only The dual zone automatic climate control The 3 zone automatic climate control combines an automatic heating and combines an automatic heating and ventilation system with a cooling system ventilation system with a cooling system You can adjust the dual zone automatic You can adjust the 3 zone automatic climate climate control separately for the driver s control separately for each zone in the and passenger side vehicle Climate control system 153 Rear climate control Canada only P83 25 2363 31 The rear climate control allows separate climate settings for the rear compartment Control panels Dual zone automatic climate control 5 ee eee USA only Function Air distribution and air volume automatic mode Front defroster ZONE function on off Air recirculation MAX COOL function on off Recommendation Notes Switch on the automatic mode The gt page 158 indicator lamp above button auro comes on Keep this setting selected only until the gt page 161 windshield and the front door windows are clear again gt page 163 Only use this function for a short time gt page 163 e g in a tunnel Otherwise the windows can f
248. g even load on all the cargo tie down rings with a rope of sufficient strength to hold down the cargo Loading and storing Bree Unless you are transporting cargo the seat backrests must remain properly locked in the upright position In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle Always use the cargo tie down rings Folding seat backrest forward Retaining hooks gt Open the trunk Two retaining hooks can be used to attach cargo items such as bags Controls in detail Fy H Do not use the retaining hooks to tie down cargo P91 12 2356 a8 gt Pull on left and or right release handle 4 The driver s and or front passenger seat moves forward automatically P68 00 6168 31 Use retaining hooks to secure light weight items only The maximum permissible weight per retaining hook is 6 6 lbs 3 kg Expanding cargo volume To expand the cargo volume you can fold down the left and right rear seat backrests P9112 3263 31 The two sections can be folded down separately gt Fold seat backrests 2 forward gt Adjust front seats to desired position Warning A gt page 81 When expanding the cargo volume always fold the seat backrests fully forward Loading and storing Controls in detail L ll Setting up seat backr
249. g switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS lever gt page 138 the vehicle will stop adequate away from the preceding vehicle When the DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and the vehicle is at a standstill the message Shift to P appears in the multifunction display when e opening the driver s door and releasing the seat belt e turning off the engine e opening the hood gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P to secure the vehicle The DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated The message in the multifunction display disappears In addition a continuous acoustic warning signal may sound when the DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and you e turn off the engine release the seat belt and open the driver s door e open the hood The acoustic warning signal makes you aware of the fact that you have parked the vehicle with the DISTRONIC PLUS activated The acoustic warning signal becomes more intense as you attempt to lock the vehicle The vehicle cannot be locked until the DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated If the ignition has been switched off the engine cannot be started until the DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated If a malfunction in the system or the power supply occurs while the DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and the vehicle is at a standstill the message Brake Immediately appears inthe multifunction display gt Apply the brakes immediately until the message in the multifunction display disappears or gt Shift the automatic tr
250. ge no cooling if the A C mode gt page 158 is deactivated A Warning Follow the recommended settings for heating and cooling given on the following pages Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Recommendation Notes gt page 159 gt page 159 gt Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow and debris If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off see Summer opening feature gt page 97 The climate control will then adjust the interior temperature to the set value much faster Controls in detail Fay Deactivating the climate control system A Warning When the climate control system is deactivated the outside air supply and circulation are also deactivated Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others gt Deactivating Press button OFF The indicator lamp above the button comes on gt Reactivating Press button OFF The indicator lamp above the button goes out The previous settings are once again in effect or gt Press button auto The indicator lamp above the button comes on Air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically ss Climate control system Con
251. gear selection process to complete before setting the vehicle in motion gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal After a cold start the automatic transmission shifts at a higher engine speed This allows the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature earlier For more information on driving see Driving instructions gt page 217 Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires e An ignition cable may be damaged e The engine electronics may not be operating properly e Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it Driving and parking Ree Controls in detail Fa Controls in detail gt Give very little gas gt Have the problem checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is above 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine immediately gt Allow the engine and coolant to cool off gt Check the coolant level and add coolant if necessary gt page 190 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking fuel gt Do not start the engine under any circumstances gt Exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway gt Notify local fire and or police authorities If the extent of t
252. ged e the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch e the automatic transmission will remain in park position P For more information see Battery gt page 283 or Jump starting gt page 285 For information on manually unlocking the gear selector lever see gt page 272 Depending on whether you are towing a vehicle or you are being towed the towing eye bolt can be screwed into threaded holes which are located behind covers on each bumper The towing eye bolt is supplied with the vehicle tool kit located underneath the trunk floor gt page 230 gt Take the vehicle tool kit out of the trunk Removing cover in front bumper gt Press mark on cover Q as indicated by the arrow gt Lift cover off to reveal the threaded hole for the towing eye bolt ITN 5 os Removing cover in rear bumper A Warning In order to avoid possible serious burns or injury use extreme caution when removing the rear cover because the rear exhaust pipe is extremely hot P88 20 3206 31 gt Press mark on cover Q as indicated by the arrow gt Lift cover Q off to reveal the threaded hole for the towing eye bolt Fixing towing eye bolt P88 20 2355 31 Example illustration front bumper gt Take the towing eye bolt and if so equipped the wheel wrench from the vehicle tool kit gt page 230 gt Screw towing eye bolt 2 clockwise into threaded hole to its stop gt Insert
253. gine with oil E 350 8 5 US qt 8 0 Approved engine filte il REA E 550 9 0 US at 8 51 aa Automatic All models 9 5 US qt 9 0 MB Automatic transmission Transmission Fluid Rear axle All models 1 2 US qt 1 1 I Hypoid gear oil Power steering All models approx 0 85 US qt 0 8 I MB Power Steering Fluid or approved Dexron III ATF Brake system All models approx 0 53 US gt 0 51 MB Brake Fluid DOT 4 22 Must not be used with snow chains A Fuels coolants lubricants etc Technical data E Model Cooling system E 350 E 550 Fuel tank All models Fuel tank All models reserve Air All models conditioning system Washer system All models and headlamp cleaning system Approved engine oils Capacity approx 8 9 US qt 8 4 approx 8 0 US qt 7 6 I 17 4 US gal 66 0 I approx 2 1 US gal 8 0 I 3 1 US qt 3 5 I Fuels coolants lubricants etc MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze Gasoline engine Premium unleaded gasoline Minimum Posted Octane 91 Avg of 96 RON 86 MONJ R134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant oil never R 12 MB Windshield Washer Concentrate gt page 306 Washer fluid mixing ratio gt page 306 not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines and durability for our service intervals Therefore only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with the Mainte
254. gram mode C means e The vehicle starts out more gentle both forward and reverse except when driving off with full throttle e Traction and driving stability are improved on icy roads e Upshifts occur earlier even when you give more gas The engine then operates at lower revolutions and the wheels are less likely to spin Selecting program mode S means that upshifts occur later One touch gearshifting With the automatic transmission in drive position D you can limit or extend the gear range using the steering wheel gearshift control For information on using the gear selector lever or the steering wheel gearshift control b gt A Automatic transmission Controls in detail L in manual program mode M see Manual shift program gt page 108 Steering wheel gearshift control example illustration You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift control when the automatic transmission is in park position P neutral position N or reverse gear R Limiting gear range A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or gt Briefly pull left gearshift control The automatic transmission will shift into the next lower gear as permitted by the
255. has previously been locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm see gt page 67 gt Pull on inside door handle on the respective door If the door was locked locking knob will move up When you open a door the windows on that side lowers slightly Once you close the door the windows move up again H A window will not work if it is blocked with ice or if the vehicle battery is discharged If you cannot shut a door do not force it or you could damage the door or the window Fix whatever is affecting the window before trying to shut the door The doors and the trunk lock automatically when the vehicle is set into motion You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so The doors are designed to unlock automatically after an accident if the force of the impact exceeds a preset threshold The vehicle locks automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at a vehicle speed of above 9 mph 15 km h You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle is pushed or towed or is on a test stand V gt Switching off Press and hold central unlocking switch Q until an acoustic signal sounds gt Switching on Press and hold central locking switch until an acoustic signal sounds if you press and hold either switch and no a
256. hassis or suspension parts If circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground or one axle raised only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe location where the recommended towing methods can be employed H Before towing the vehicle observe the following instructions e Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports e Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt Never attach a tow cable tow rope or tow rod to the vehicle chassis frame or suspension parts A Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly H Avoid pulling the vehicle abruptly or diagonally since it could result in damage to the chassis alignment H Do not use the towing eye bolt for recovery as this could damage the vehicle If in doubt recover the vehicle with a crane Practical hints Towing the vehicle Practical hints If the battery is disconnected or dischar
257. he damage cannot be determined gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance If no damage on major assemblies fuel system and engine mount can be determined gt Start the engine in the usual manner Parking A Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system These materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire aes Driving and parking Vehicle movement may result in serious personal injury or damage to the vehicle or vehicle drivetrain Therefore always do the following before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle e Keep right foot on the brake pedal e Engage the parking brake e Shift the automatic transmission into park position P e Slowly release the brake pedal e When parked on an incline always turn the front wheels towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e Take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle when leaving Parking brake Z Warning Engaging the parking brake while the vehicle is in motion can cause the rear wheels to lock up You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehicle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged A Warning When leaving
258. he respective bulb checked and replaced if have it checked and replaced if necessary necessary Practical hints What to do if Pee Brake Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running Al ofr The yellow ESC warning lamp the yellow ESC OFF warning lamp and the yellow ABS indicator lamp come on while the engine is running and an acoustic warning sounds il Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a malfunction the ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the ESC the hill start assist system the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are unavailable The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 232 gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints The Electronic Brake Proportioning EBP switched off due to a malfunction The ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the ESC the hill start assist system the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are also swit
259. hecked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The active Bi Xenon headlamp system is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The Adaptive Highbeam Assist is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The left or right daytime running lamps are malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The left or right backup lamp is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible b gt Practical hints Pa A Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions OF Check The high mounted brake lamp is malfunctioning This Center message will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working Brake Lamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible TOE Check The left or right front fog lamp is malfunctioning This message Left Fog will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working Lamp gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as or possible Check i Right Fog eZ Lamp L IDF Check The front left side or right side marker lamp is malfunctioning Front gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Left possible O Sidemarker o Lamp A or Check Front Right Sidemarker Lamp X Check The
260. hed on the vehicle can be braked You should therefore switch off the DISTRONIC PLUS if the vehicle must be towed You can activate the DISTRONIC PLUS when the vehicle speed is above 20 mph 30 km h It is also possible to activate the DISTRONIC PLUS when the vehicle speed is below 20 mph 30 km h and the DISTRONIC PLUS has detected a preceding vehicle If the DISTRONIC PLUS is activated one or two segments 2 gt page 132 around set speed 8 gt page 132 in the multifunction display are illuminated The maximum vehicle speed you can set is 120 mph Canada 200 km h If the DISTRONIC PLUS is not activated after the DISTRONIC PLUS lever is pulled in direction of arrow gt page 134 you will see the message DISTRONIC PLUS mph in the multifunction display In the following cases you cannot activate the DISTRONIC PLUS e within 2 minutes after driving off following an engine start e if the vehicle is secured with the parking brake e if the ESC is switched off or has switched off due to a malfunction e when the automatic transmission is in park position P reverse gear R or neutral position N e if the hood is open e if the driver s door is open and the driver has not fastened his or her seat belt e if the passenger door is open e if the radar sensors are switched off gt page 126 Switching on while driving You can switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS when the vehicle speed is above 20 mph
261. hen only unlock the driver s door and the fuel filler flap gt Switching on off Press and hold buttons g and simultaneously for approximately 6 seconds until the battery check lamp gt page 73 flashes twice KEYLESS GO will then function as follows gt Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap Grasp the driver s outside door handle gt Global unlocking Grasp the outside door handle on the passenger side gt Global locking Touch outside of a door handle Q P80 35 2416 31 gt Press button on the SmartKey Battery check lamp Q comes on briefly to indicate that the SmartKey batteries are in order If the battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check the SmartKey batteries are discharged gt Replace the batteries gt page 274 Locking and unlocking Controls in detail Pea Locking and unlocking tail sinde Control You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the batteries are checked within signal range of the vehicle pressing button jor g will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly Loss of the SmartKey If you lose your SmartKey or mechanical key you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss of the SmartKey or the mechanical key to your car insurance company immedia
262. hen performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Press time July 17 2009 GSP OIS Printed in U S A Edition B 2010
263. hicle the steering wheel is in its uppermost position The easy entry exit feature can be activated or deactivated in the Convenience submenu of the control system gt page 126 A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement move steering wheel adjustment stalk or press one of the memory position buttons Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel will return to its last set position when you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on The steering wheel will also return to its last set position when you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once with the driver s door closed The last set steering wheel position is stored when the ignition is switched off or the position is stored in memory gt page 87 With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The steering wheel also tilts upwards when you open the driver s door with the SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or the
264. hout the SmartKey in the starter switch using the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey must be located in the vehicle KEYLESS GO start stop button USA only Canada only gt Make sure the KEYLESS GO start stop button is inserted in the starter switch gt page 78 To start the engine with the SmartKey instead of the KEYLESS GO function remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch Proceed as described in With SmartKey gt page 99 gt Depress the brake pedal during the starting procedure gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once The engine starts automatically Starting difficulties H Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the battery The engine does not start You can hear the starter There could be a malfunction in the engine electronics or in the fuel supply system Carry out the following steps gt f you are starting the engine with the SmartKey Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and repeat the starting procedure gt If you are starting the engine with KEYLESS GO Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detection of the SmartKey or gt Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio signals from another source may be interfering with the KEYLESS GO function gt Repeat the start
265. i theft alarm system will be rearmed To cancel the alarm do one of the following gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch gt Press button e or onthe SmartKey In vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle Safety and security lt Vehicle equipment c 70 Locking and unlocking 5 70 Starter switch positions 78 SOAS o a R EaI 80 Multifunction steering wheel 83 Mirrors e e reece ececeece eee neces 85 Memory function c ceeeeeeee 86 ightin Sirs ce aae tre AE 87 Wipers o e cecocrcaciopeeanecc 94 Power windows 95 Driving and parking 00 98 Automatic transmission 103 Instrument cluster cece 110 Controlisystemie rece ee 112 Driving systems cceceeeeees 127 Climate control system 152 Rear window defroster 164 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel ee 164 Loading and storing 00 167 Useful features 00 0 0 ce eeeeeeeeeeeee 171 Controls in detail Pe Locking and unlocking Vehicle equipment gt Use the mechanical key to lock the vehicle Controls in detail This Op
266. icator lamp in the SOS button will begin to flash The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display All information relevant to the emergency such as the location of the vehicle determined by the GPS satellite location system vehicle model identification number and color are generated A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon after the emergency call has been initiated The Customer Assistance Center will attempt to determine the nature of the emergency more precisely provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle If no vehicle occupant responds an ambulance will be sent to the vehicle immediately A Warning If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Customer Assistance Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds Should this occur assistance must be summoned by other means The 911 emergency call system is a public service Using it without due cause is a criminal offense Initiating an emergency call manually
267. iccracisileseeveraeeesteviexd terest 249 EB EE taste te E A 246 ENGINE Oleann 254 ES Cierre E EN 245 246 247 Fog laMPS asoitan 256 257 Front passenger front air bag 235 GaS CAP aisccsesccssicciecastescesssccees 255 High beam lamp sissies 257 HOO A A E E 249 License plate lamps ssisciisssissiscssi 257 LIGNE SENSOM scccssssesceceecessesccuessnecacs 257 Low beam lamp sses 257 Parking Drak vess seve irie 246 Parking IAMPS ceeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeees 256 Power Steering s cessevseevesecvssceseeeese 251 PRE SAFES esis citi ieee 234 Radar S NSO S ess scssrscsccesscesaccsseseess 240 Reserve TUE sn cecseececeeescesstncecoesesecess 254 Reverse lampessi 255 Side marker lamps s sss ssssssssrsesssess 256 Smart KEYone E 250 SRO AEE E 247 Tele Aid rniou 247 Tire inflation pressure 242 259 Tire pressure Monitor eee 242 E E E E EA 242 259 TRUNK csvistestisstcamsnsteesndeasciasc 249 Turin Signal Sceitse 259 Washer fluid isssisiiisisissriiisesssisiss 251 Multifunction steering wheel AdjUSIMENE sissrissiurisiisarisirnerrsisss 83 BUELOMS pngen 112 Cleaning sssesisesirisirisiieisiia 227 Easy entry exit feature 84 126 Gearshift CONETO sccscceseaseesseseseess 108 Memory TUNCTION 0 ocecsceveceesssede gt 86 OVEIVIGW cccceeeseessecesseeeeeeeeceeeeeeees 30 Navigation system see Separate operating instructions Navi menu eer 116 NECK PRO active front head restraint
268. idance the automatic transmission must be in park position P for the PRE SAFE Brake indicator Kale to be displayed The PRE SAFE Brake is deactivated when the radar system is switched off When you switch off the radar system the following functions are deactivated e PRE SAFE Brake e BAS PLUS gt page 60 e DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 130 Safety and security LJ Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle The engine can be started by anyone with a valid SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle Activating gt With SmartKey Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt With KEYLESS GO Turn off the engine and open the driver s door Deactivating gt Switch on the ignition Starting the engine will also deactivate the immobilizer In the event that the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Anti theft alarm system Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens e a door e the trunk e the hood The alarm will stay on even if the activating element a door for example is closed immediately The alarm syst
269. ides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in the USA or the Roadside Assistance section of the Service and Warranty Information Booklet in Canada in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in contacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it available to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Car found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicl
270. ildren in the vehicle Safety notes If an infant or child is traveling with you in the vehicle gt Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate to the age and size of the child gt Make sure the infant or child is properly secured at all times while the vehicle is in motion A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned by these parts A Warning Do not carry heavy
271. ile the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Information on child seats with mounting fittings for tether anchorages gt page 56 For information on LATCH type ISOFIX child seat anchors gt page 57 The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system They must be properly secured in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions for the child restraint All infant or child restraint systems must comply with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint manufacturer of compliance with these standards can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruction manual provided with the restraint When using any infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat make sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to the inside of the vehicle and to infant or child restraints A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that chil
272. iling road and weather conditions gt f the ESC cannot be switched back on Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The ESC is not operational due to a malfunction The ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the hillstart assist system the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are also switched off The brake system is still functioning normally but without the systems specified above available The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Read and observe additional messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident The ESC or the ETS has come into operation because of detected traction loss in at least one tire gt When driving off apply as little throttle as possible gt While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate the ESC Exceptions gt page 62 Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints oe What to do if Driving systems Problem Possib
273. ill need to have the battery charge checked more frequently When replacing a battery always use a battery approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about steps you need to observe A Warning Observe all safety instructions and precautions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion 3 Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling batteries Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and faceguard Wear eye protection Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physician if necessary b gt Battery bate Practical hints oh Battery Keep children away Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual A battery contains materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly A large 12 V storage battery contains lead Recycling of the battery is the preferred method of disposal Many states USA only or provinces Canada only require sellers of batteries to accept the old battery for recycling A Warning Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death Practical hints Le Never lean over batteries while connecting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric aci
274. imately the same as that of the air flowing from the center air vents H Close the glove box air vent when heating the vehicle interior Activate the air conditioning cooling function when the outside temperature is high Otherwise temperature sensitive items stored in the glove box could be damaged Thumbwheel Air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel 1 clockwise or counterclockwise Climate control system aaa Rear center console air vents Thumbwheel for air volume control for rear center air vents Right rear center air vent adjustable Rear climate control panel 3 zone automatic climate control Canada only Left rear center air vent adjustable gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel 4 upward or downward Adjusting air distribution USA only The symbols shown in display 3 gt page 153 on the climate control panel represent the following functions Canada only The symbols shown in display gt page 153 or gt page 155 on the climate control panel represent the following functions Symbol Function Pi Directs air through the defroster air vents to the windshield and door windows a Directs air through the center and side air vents vA Directs air through the center and side air vents and to the footwells USA only Symbol Function Directs air through the center side and defroster air vents to the windshield and door windows Canada only vel Directs a
275. indow is clear The defroster is switched off automatically after some time of operation depending on the outside temperature gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press button RE The indicator lamp above the button comes on gt Switching off Press button S again The rear window defroster switches off when the battery voltage is too low Too many Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel electrical consumers may be operating simultaneously gt Switch off consumers that are currently not needed if required Panorama roof with power tilt The roller sunblind only operates with the tilt sliding panel closed A Warning When extending the roller sunblind make sure no one is in danger of being injured by the extending procedure The roller sunblind is equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If the movement of the roller sunblind is blocked during the extending procedure the roller sunblind will stop and retract slightly The extending of the roller sunblind can be immediately halted by releasing the roof panel switch or if the roof panel switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the roof panel switch in any direction Roof panel switch Retracting Retracting Extending gt Switch on the ignition gt Retracting Extending Move the roof panel switch to the resistance point in the required
276. ine oil level has dropped to approximately the minimum level The message will be stored in the vehicle status message memory after you have cleared it from the multifunction display Visually check for oil leaks If there are no obvious oil leaks drive to the nearest service station to refill your engine oil to the required H Engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty level Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ke The fuel level is low gt Refuel at the next gas station Fuel The fuel level has dropped below the reserve mark Level LOW Refuel at the next gas station Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Gas C ce Lamps Display messages X Active Headlamps Inoperativ JOE Adaptive Highbeam Assist Inoperativ IDF Check Left Daytime Running Light or Check Right Daytime Running Light Check Left Reverse Lamp or Check Right Reverse Lamp Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaking gt Check the fuel cap gt page 186 gt If it is not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If it is closed properly Have the fuel system c
277. ine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You could be seriously burned H Do not ignore the low engine coolant level warning Extended driving with the message and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Do not drive without sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat causing major engine damage Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions WER Coolant The coolant is too hot n a gt Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so ee Se gt Turn off the engine immediately Engine Off gt Engage the parking brake gt Only start the engine again after the message disappears You could otherwise damage the engine gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster gt f the temperature rises again Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately During severe operation conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the
278. ing If the red SRS indicator lamp amp in the instrument cluster and the 8 is indicator lamp are lit at the same time there is a malfunction in the OCS The front passenger front air bag will be deactivated in this case Have the system checked by qualified technicians as soon as possible Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only have the seat repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center In order to ensure proper operation of the air bag system and OCS e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e While seated an occupant should not position him herself in such a way as to cause the occupant s weight to be lifted from the seat bottom as this may result in the OCS being unable to correctly approximate the occupant s weight category e Read and observe all warnings in this chapter Occupant safety Ba OCS Self test After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice the R indicator lamp illuminates If an adult occupant is properly sitting on the front passenger seat and the system classifies the occupant as an adult the Be eso indicator lamp will illuminate and go out after approximately 6 seconds If the seat is not occupied and the system classifies the front pass
279. ing Doing so may damage the windows Cleaning the panorama roof The rear part of the tilt sliding panel has a protective layer on the inside gt Use a soft clean cloth and a mild window cleaning solution An automotive glass cleaner is recommended H Do notusea dry cloth abrasives solvents or cleaners containing solvents Do not touch the protective layer with hard objects such as an ice scraper or ring Never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the rear part of the tilt sliding panel Otherwise you may scratch or damage the protective layer Light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water for cleaning the light alloy wheels H Only use acid free cleaning materials Acid may cause corrosion or damage the clear coat H The vehicle should not be parked for an extended period of time immediately after it has been cleaned This applies especially after the wheel rims have been cleaned with wheel rim cleaner Wheel rim cleaners can lead to increased corrosion of the brake disks and brake pads Non approved wheel cleaners may also damage the wheel paint if the vehicle is not driven after cleaning Therefore the vehicle s brake system should always be warmed up before it is parked after cleaning Drive your vehicle for several minutes to allow the brakes to dry When app
280. ing on outside temperature e air flows onto the windshield and the door windows e the air recirculation mode is switched off You can adjust the air volume when the front defroster is switched on gt Deactivating Press button g The indicator lamp above the button goes out The previous settings are once again in effect The cooling remains switched on The air recirculation remains switched off or gt Press button The indicator lamp above button q goes out Air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically or gt Dual zone automatic climate control Press rocker switch or 2 gt page 153 up or down 3 zone automatic climate control Press rocker switch 4O or gt page 155 up or down AUTO Windshield fogged on the outside Dual zone automatic climate control gt Switch the windshield wipers on gt page 94 gt USA only Press rocker switch gt page 153 up or down until one of the following symbols appears in display 3 gt page 153 w or 14 gt Canada only Press rocker switch gt page 153 up or down until one of the following symbols appears in display gt page 153 or rd 3 zone automatic climate control gt Switch the windshield wipers on gt page 94 gt Press rocker switch 3 gt page 153 up or down until one of the following symbols appears in displ
281. ing procedure If the engine does not start after several starting attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance The engine does not start You cannot hear the starter The battery may not be charged sufficiently gt Get a jump start gt page 285 If the engine will not start despite a jump start gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance The starter has been exposed to excessive temperatures gt Let the starter cool for about 2 minutes gt Repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several starting attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Driving off A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control H Do not run a cold engine at high engine speeds Running a cold engine at high engine speeds may shorten the service life of the engine This is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H If an acoustic warning sounds and the message Release Parking Brake appears in the multifunction display when driving off you have forgotten to release the parking brake Release the parking brake H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is n
282. injury A Automatic transmission Controls in detail L H Allow the engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the engine and the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty During the brief warm up transmission upshifting is delayed This allows the catalytic converter to heat up more quickly to operating temperature Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission P Park position with gear selector lever lock R Reverse gear N Neutral position D Drive position A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal H Only shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R or park position P when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise the automatic transmission could be damaged Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible w
283. iod of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to engine performance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging e Misfire e Power loss In areas where carbon deposits may be encountered due to lack of availability of gasoline which contains these additives the use of Mercedes Benz approved additives is recommended Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only for a listing of approved products Follow directions on the product label Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine operation H Damage or malfunction resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending additional fuel additives other than those tested and approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by any pre owned or Extended Limited Warranties Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which provides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C and corrosion protection H Add premixed coolant solution only Adding water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreez
284. ion 00 eee Exterior view of vehicle Fastening the seat belts First aid Kit c cccccccecccsessceease Plat tine cencerro inensis Lowering the vehicle cee Mounting the spare wheel 280 Preparing the vehicle 06 279 Spare wheel snose 279 300 FIOOFMAtS 2e6 tent ncedeec ceeded 184 Fluids Automatic transmission fluid Brake fl stere sorserien Capacities ssssssisierssas Engine coolant sssri tiie Engine Oilin erapr Power steering fluid ee eee Washer and headlamp cleaning SY SUCIM n a T ches chadevecsssevevececsoeeds 302 Fog lamps secsec 89 Messages in the multifunction display scesero isni reri 256 257 Front air bags see Air bags Front lamps see Headlamps Front passenger front air bag 40 Messages in the multifunction GISPIAY EE 235 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp FUGI se cceccicscenccvcnscsnsieen iaiia AdGILIVES s cesdsiscagssestbesteeceesteasdstscaeas Capacity fuel tank 00 eee 302 Drive sensibly safe fuel 0 217 Fuel consumption statistics 115 Fuel filler flap and cap n se 187 Fuel tank reserve warning lamp 266 Premium unleaded gasoline 302 303 RETUCIIN AE 186 Requirement scissa 304 Fuel filler flap ee 187 Opening manually 273 Fuel gauge er 112 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 301 Fuel tank CaP aGlt yess ccassssasssaseasteczschensbetease 302 Fuel filler flap a
285. ion on to the Customer Assistance Center Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the Customer Assistance Center The Tele Aid system Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response e Automatic and manual emergency e Roadside Assistance e Information To adjust the speaker volume during a Tele Aid call do the following gt Press button or onthe multifunction steering wheel or gt Use the adjustment button on your COMAND system Be sure to check Owner s Online at www mbusa com USA only for more information and a description of all available features System self test The system performs a self test after you have switched on the ignition A Warning A malfunction in the system has been detected if any or all of the following conditions occur e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test Controls in detail Fe e The indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button R does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the Information button i does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the SOS button Roadside Assistance button AI or Information button Q i remains illuminat
286. ions are deactivated e DISTRONIC PLUS e BAS PLUS gt page 60 e PRE SAFE Brake gt page 63 Due to its radar emitting nature DISTRONIC PLUS may have an appearance similar to a radar detector to law enforcement officials You may want to refer to this section of your Operator s Manual when asked USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment DISTRONIC PLUS displays in multifunction display P RNE If the DISTRONIC PLUS is activated one or two segments 2 around set speed Q ar
287. ior lighting is set to automatic mode the interior lighting comes on automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident b gt v3 wipes Switching off Controls in detail Le gt or gt gt Press hazard warning flasher switch gt page 92 Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey windshield is dry Dust that accumulates on a windshield might scratch the glass and or damage the wiper blades when wiping occurs on a dry windshield If it is necessary to operate the wipers in dry weather conditions always operate the wipers with washer fluid Observe notes on page gt page 94 Switching on off Combination switch 1 0 Windshield wipers off 2 Slow intermittent wiping 3 Fast intermittent wiping 4 Slow continuous wiping 7 Rain sensor operation with low sensitivity 8 Rain sensor operation with high sensitivity 5 Fast continuous wiping W Single wipe washer fluid ra WwW Wiping with gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the combination switch to the desired position depending on the intensity of the rain Intermittent wiping Only switch on intermittent wiping under wet weather conditions or in the presence of precipitation When you select intermittent wiping the rain sensor is activated The rain sensor sets a suitable wiping interval depending
288. ious status the Daytime Running Lamps mode will be Enabled or Disabled With Daytime Running Lamps mode enabled and the exterior lamp switch at position o or A the daytime running lamps are switched on when the engine is running b gt TA Control system Controls in detail esl In low ambient light conditions the following lamps will come on additionally e Low beam headlamps e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps For more information on the daytime running lamp mode see gt page 89 Make sure the exterior lamp switch is set to 20 or A when you switch off the daytime running lamps while driving at night For safety reasons resetting all the functions of all submenus to the factory settings while driving gt page 121 will not deactivate the daytime running lamp mode The following message appears in the multifunction display Cannot Be Completely Reset to Factory Settings while Driving Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on or off gt Press button lt q or gt Sett menu gt Press button v jor a Lights submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button v jor a to select the to select the to select the Adaptive Highbeam Assist function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown gt Press button status Depending on the previ
289. ir to the footwells RE Directs air through the defroster air vents to the windshield and door windows and to the footwells gt USA only Press rocker switch page 153 up or down until you have select the desired setting and the corresponding symbol is shown in display gt Canada only Press rocker switch gt page 153 or 3 gt page 155 up or down until you have select the desired setting and the corresponding symbol is shown in display Controls in detail Fy Adjusting air volume Dual zone automatic climate control gt Decreasing increasing Press rocker switch G gt page 153 up or down 3 zone automatic climate control gt Decreasing increasing Press rocker switch 2 gt page 155 up or down Rear air volume control with the rear climate control panel gt Decreasing increasing Press button 7 or 8 gt page 155 Front defroster You can use this setting to defrost the windshield for example if it is iced up b gt mel Climate control system Controls in detail You can also defog the windshield and the door windows Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the door windows are clear again gt Activating Press button qw The indicator lamp above the button comes on The climate control switches to the following functions automatically e cooling on to dehumidify e most efficient blower speed and heating power depend
290. ire inflation pressure 0 0 0 0 cece 214 Mechanical key see Key Mechanical Media interface 0 eeeeeee Memory function Menus see Control system menus Minispare wheel see Spare wheel Mirrors 5 0sdccsstescsss eitivsceievincionvensiecnes 85 Auto dimming rear view mirrors 85 Exterior rear view mirror parking POSTHOM is sessscccessnsdebtsea seat ecaxsesseadeceises 86 Exterior rear view mirrors wie BD Interior rear view Mirror essees 85 Memory function esee 86 Vanity MINO ssescscssscssissscstebecacnscacie 172 MON Motor Octane Number 304 Motor Octane Number see MON Multicontour seat ccc 82 Multifunction display 114 Symbol messages ssec 244 Text Messages sssri 234 Vehicle status messages 232 Multifunction display messages ABS oeer arre Ean 245 246 Active headlamps e 255 Advanced TPMS nsss 242 Ait DABS iranan E 235 Alternator cccccscseccecesceeeees 241 254 ATTENTION ASSIST 00 eeceeeeeeeeees 249 Automatic TPANSMISSION sennen 240 Backrests scseccsccecsscees ceeds exes 249 250 Battery csore isnie 241 254 Brake flid cscs ssctsescsessdenessecsaseesacs 246 Brake pads a ccs cccssssccesceciessessreeais 244 COANE aie esses enesssteetsshGdisetiees 252 Corner illuminating lamps 258 Cruise COMUO s 2 iccsscosssesessersesetece 237 DISTIRONIG PLUS sc csc eevee ersero 238 DOOMS ass ee
291. ire with a speed capability above 186 mph 300 km h must include a ZR in the size designation AND the service description must be placed in parenthesis Example 275 40 ZR 18 99Y The Y speed symbol in parenthesis designates the maximum speed capability of the tire as being above 186 mph 300 km h 11 or M S 4 for winter tires Consult the tire manufacturer for the actual maximum permissible speed of the tire All season and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S up to 100 mph 160 km h TM S up to 118 mph 190 km h H M S up to 130 mph 210 km h V M S up to 149 mph 240 km h Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show M S and the mountain snowflake marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h The factory equipped tires on your vehicle may have a tire speed rating above the maximum speed permitted by the electronic speed limiter Make sure your tires have the required tire speed rating as specified for your vehicle in the Technical data section gt page 297 for example when purchasing new tires If you are uncertain about the correct reading
292. ith brake assistance if it has clearly detected an object Detection can be impeded by e dirty or covered sensors e snowfall or heavy rain e disturbance from other radar sources e strong radar reflection such as in parking garages BAS PLUS uses radar signals that are not reflected well by narrow objects and absorptive materials For this reason BAS PLUS will not react to persons animals and approaching traffic or cross traffic BAS PLUS may not detect narrow vehicles driving in front of you such as motorcycles and vehicles driving offset from your vehicle center Driving safety systems a After a hard collision or damage to the front of the vehicle from an accident have the adjustment and operation of the radar sensors checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If BAS PLUS is not available due to a radar sensor malfunction the braking system will continue to function normally with full brake boost and full standard BAS function Adaptive Brake Adaptive Brake provides a high level of braking safety as well as increased braking comfort Adaptive Brake takes driver and vehicle characteristics into consideration thus achieving an optimal braking effect In addiditon Adaptive Brake provides the HOLD function gt page 141 and the hill start assist system gt page 141 For more information on the brake system see gt page 2 18 Safety and security E EBP Z Observe Safety notes see page 59 The
293. ith the brake pedal depressed Only depressing the brake pedal releases the gear selector lever lock The indicators come on when you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch and go out when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch A Warning Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone only will shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N automatically Always shift the automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Moving the gear selector lever up or down shifts the automatic transmission out of park position P procedure Fj The automatic transmission selects individual gears automatically depending on e the selected gear range gt page 106 e the selected program mode C S page 107 or M Vehicles with dynamic handling package gt page 108 e the position of the accelerator pedal e the vehicle speed With drive position D selected you can influence transmission shifting by e limiting the gear range e extending the gear range e changing the gears manually vehicles with dynamic handling package Transmission positions The current transmission position appears in the multifunction display Transmission position indicator If the current transmission position does not appear in the multifunction display due to a m
294. ized Mercedes Benz Center In addition you will receive comprehensive information on permissible technical modifications and expert installations Operator s Manual Notes This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the instructions and warnings contained in this Operator s Manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Introduction ere We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Vehicle equipment Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about operating particular equipment any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instructions wherever necessary Since they are special order items th
295. ized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible If only the red distance segments illuminate and no acoustic warning sounds the Parktronic system sensors are dirty e g dirt ice snow and slush Another cause could be interference from other radio or ultrasonic signals e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers The Parktronic system will switch off automatically after 20 seconds and indicator lamp in Parktronic switch comes on gt Switch off the ignition gt Clean the Parktronic system sensors gt page 225 gt Switch on the ignition or gt Check the Parktronic system operation at another location to rule out interference from outside radio or ultrasonic signals Parking Guidance The Parking Guidance is part of the Parktronic system With the Parktronic system switched on gt page 146 the Parking Guidance is also available The Parking Guidance is an electronic parking aid equipped with ultrasonic sensors The ultrasonic sensors scan the area on both sides of vehicle When a suitable parking space is found it is indicated by a parking space symbol in the multifunction display You will receive steering instructions for parking in that space A Warning The Parking Guidance is only an aid and may display parking spaces that are not suitable for parking such as e no parking zones e parking space with unsuitable road ground surface e driveways e entrances exits The Parking Guidanc
296. ke sure the combination switch is set to wiper setting o Otherwise the rain sensor could activate and cause the wipers to move unintentionally This may lead to vehicle damage Due to the width of the vehicle fold in exterior rear view mirrors prior to running the vehicle through an automatic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors gt When taking the vehicle through an automatic conveyor type car wash Make sure the automatic transmission remains in neutral position N When leaving the automatic car wash make sure the mirrors are folded out After running the vehicle through an automatic car wash wipe any wax off of the windshield and the wiper blade inserts This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noise which can be caused by residual wax on the windshield Ornamental moldings gt For regular cleaning and care of ornamental moldings use a damp cloth H Do not use chrome cleaner on ornamental moldings Although ornamental moldings may have chrome appearance they could be made of anodized aluminum that will be damaged when cleaned with chrome cleaner Instead use a damp cloth to clean those ornamental moldings For very dirty ornamental moldings of which you are sure are chrome plated use a chrome cleaner If in doubt whether an ornamental molding is chrome plated contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicle care E Headlamps brake lamps tail lamps side markers turn signal lens
297. ke system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Safety systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESC In addition the yellow ESC warning lamp A and the yellow gg Inoperativ ESC OFF warning lamp amp come on e See The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a Operator s malfunction the BAS the BAS PLUS the ESC the hill start Manual assist system the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are unavailable The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an Practical hints accident QSOS Tele Aid One or more main functions of the Tele Aid system are Inoperativ malfunctioning e gt Have the Tele Aid system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Ly SRS There is a malfunction in the Supplemental Restraint System Malfunctio
298. l void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt Press button lt or gt Sett menu gt Press button v or a Vehicle submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button or a to select the Radar Sensor See Oper Manual function to select the to select the The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown gt Press button OK again if you would like to change the current status Depending on the previous status the radar sensors will be switched on Enabled or off Disabled The selected status of the radar sensors remains stored in memory even if the engine is turned off and restarted Convenience submenu
299. le causes consequences and gt Solutions LA The red distance You are gaining too rapidly on the vehicle ahead of you or warning lamp DISTRONIC PLUS or PRE SAFE Brake has recognized a stationary comes on while obstacle on your probable line of travel driving and any Apply the brakes immediately ageuste gt Carefully observe the traffic situation You may need to brake warning sounds Ate or maneuver to avoid hitting an obstacle Vehicle Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions 4 The yellow fuel The fuel level has gone below the reserve mark tank reserve warning lamp comes on when the engine is running gt Refuel at the next gas station Practical hints Engine Problem Z The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running Z The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running F The red coolant temperature warning lamp comes on when the engine is running What to do if Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There may be a malfunction in e the fuel management system e the ignition system e the emission control system e systems which affect emissions Such malfunctions may result in excessive emissions values and may switch the engine to limp home emergency operation mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center
300. le tool kit box cover gt Closing vehicle tool kit box cover Push vehicle tool kit box cover downward until it engages into vehicle tool kit box gt Take the jack from the vehicle tool kit gt Installing vehicle tool kit box Slide gt page 230 vehicle tool kit box 9 into the recess of luggage bowl 0 gt Push vehicle tool kit box downward until it engages into luggage bowl 0 Collapsible wheel chock The collapsible wheel chock serves to secure the vehicle e g while changing a wheel gt Take the collapsible wheel chock from the vehicle tool kit gt page 230 P58 10 2211 31 Storage position ZA Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display gt Turn the crank handle in the direction of arrow as far as it will go Practical hints _ P58 10 2212 31 Operational position gt Turn the crank handle clockwise Before placing the jack back into the vehicle tool kit gt Fully collapse the jack gt Fold in the crank handle storage position Spare wheel A Observe Safety notes see page 279 The spare wheel is located in the space underneath the trunk floor gt Removing Open the trunk gt page 76 gt Lift the trunk floor and secure it on the upper trunk lip gt page 230 H To prevent damage always disengage the floor handle from the upper trunk lip and lower the trunk floor before closing the trunk gt Remove lugg
301. lease the washer fluid reservoir gt page 277 gt Turn housing cover Q counterclockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb socket 2 counterclockwise and pull it out gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket gt Insert the new bulb into bulb socket 2 gt Insert bulb socket into the housing and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise gt Driver s side only Fix the washer fluid reservoir gt page 277 High beam halogen headlamps only or Corner illuminating lamp Bi Xenon headlamps only P82 10 5592 31 Practical hints Pi Replacing wiper blades Practical hints _ gt Driver s side only Release the washer fluid reservoir gt page 277 gt Turn housing cover Q counterclockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb socket 2 counterclockwise and pull it out gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket 2 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb socket gt Insert bulb socket into the housing and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise gt Driver s side only Fix the washer fluid reservoir gt page 277 Parking and standing lamp bulb halogen headlamps only P82 10 5593 31 gt Driver s side only Release the washer fluid reservoir gt page 277 gt Turn housing cover Q counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull out bulb socket 2 gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket gt Insert the new bulb in
302. lerator pedal using kickdown or releasing the brake pedal The PRE SAFE Brake maneuver is terminated immediately when Depending on the vehicle speed the PRE SAFE Brake brakes your vehicle with a maximum of 13 ft s 4 m s before a possible hard stop This corresponds to about 40 of the maximum deceleration ability of your vehicle The driver must apply the brakes additionally in order to prevent a collision The e you avoid the obstacle by evasive steering self acting hard stop will be initiated when the eae a e you drive less than 9 mph 15 km h imminent danger of a collision exists e g when an evasive driving maneuver cannot e an obstacle can no longer be identified avoid an accident ahead of you e the system no longer senses the risk of a collision b gt 7 Anti theft systems The PRE SAFE Brake will remain passive while DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on gt page 130 After a hard collision or damage to the front of the vehicle from an accident have the settings and operation of the radar sensors checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Activating and deactivating Activate or deactivate the PRE SAFE Brake using the instrument cluster control system gt page 120 After the function has been activated the PRE SAFE Brake indicator s ej appears in the instrument cluster When the HOLD function is switched on the PRE SAFE Brake indicator ate will not appear In vehicles with Parking Gu
303. liable parts service More than 300 000 different parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts should be installed H Do not use non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz Doing so could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Also it could compromise the vehicle s durability or Safety Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts originally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Accessories warranties copies of which are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have an authorized Merced
304. lled engineers and craftsmen To help assure your driving pleasure and also the safety of you and your passengers we ask you to make a small investment of time e Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are designed to acquaint you with the operation of your Mercedes Benz e Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and occupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A Daimler Company 2075842781 I IINMII INDEX csc EE E ohio A At aslanGe ccs iscscevtsiecscesnte aves 25 e Ey Introduction ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeee 19 Safety and security 0 ee 35 Controls in detail cece eeeeseeees 69 ABS Antilock Brake System 59 Indicator LAMP isscssseesceeseseusesesesesessie 261 Messages in the multifunction GIS PAY csssisssdsescescersosecsssaseesctes 245 246 Accessory weight 213 Accidents eee wi 102 AW DABS ooer EEE 37 Emergency calls Tele Aid 176 NECK PRO active front head POSEPAIAES iersinii sietinas 51 Active Bi Xenon headlamps see Headlamps Adaptive Brake a 61 Adaptive Highbeam Assist 91 Switching on or Off wee
305. lled using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions The LATCH type ISOFIX anchors are covered with upholstery blends A y Occupant safety Information sign Q indicates the position of anchor 2 gt Push the upholstery blend to the side gt Install a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions A rigid connection between the child seat and the body of the vehicle is established Child safety Override switch A Observe Safety notes see page 53 With the override switch you can disable the rear side window switches in the rear side trim panels This can be useful for instance when you have children riding in the rear passenger compartment A Warning Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure themselves e g by becoming trapped in the rear side window opening Safety and security gt Activating Press override switch A Indicator lamp 2 comes on The rear side windows can no longer be operated using the respective switch located in the rear side trim panels You can still operate the rear side windows using the switches located on the door control panel of the driver s door b gt Safety and security Oo ce Driving safety systems gt Deactivating Press override switch C again Indicator lamp go
306. lly The switches for all windows are located on the driver s door The switches for the respective windows are located on the passenger door and the rear side trim panels Operating the rear side windows from the rear is not possible when you activate the override switch gt page 57 A Observe Safety notes see page 53 A Warning When opening or closing the windows make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The door windows are equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If in express operation mode a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path the automatic reversal function will stop the door window and open it slightly b gt fe Power windows Controls in detail Ll The windows operate differently when the switch is pulled and held See the Closing when a window is blocked section in this chapter for details The closing of the door windows can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or if the switch was pulled past the resistance point and released by either pressing or pulling the respective switch The closing of the rear side windows can be immediately halted by releasing the switch Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure themselves e g by becoming trapped in the window opening A Warning Do not keep any part of your b
307. lways disengage the wrench Some tools required for a wheel floor handle from the upper trunk lip and change are specific to your vehicle lower the trunk floor before closing the Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz trunk 13 Vehicles with spare wheel only Where will I find 231 P40 10 5254 31 Tab Removing vehicle tool kit box Vehicle tool kit box cover Opening vehicle tool kit box cover gt Setting up Tilt both plates upward gt Fold the lower plate outward gt Guide the tabs of the lower plate all the way into the openings of base plate Top l For information on where to place wheel Vehicle tool kit chocks when changing a wheel see Lifting Vehicle tool kit box the vehicle gt page 280 Luggage bowl lt T 4 Sem ou Jack gt Removing vehicle tool kit box Pull tab in direction of arrow and lift vehicle Warning tool kit box Only use the jack supplied with your vehicle gt Remove vehicle tool kit box from to lift the vehicle briefly for wheel changes If luggage bowl you use the jack for any other purpose you or others could be injured as the jack is designed only for the purpose of changing a wheel When using the jack observe the safety notes in the Mounting the spare wheel section and the notes on the jack gt Opening vehicle tool kit box cover Pull tab in direction of arrow and open vehic
308. lying Mercedes Benz approved Tire Care and Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care products take care not to spray them on the brake disks Plastic and rubber parts gt Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution gt Wipe with a cloth moistened in a lukewarm solution The surface may temporarily change color If this is the case wait for it to dry A Warning Do not use cleaners or cockpit care sprays containing solvents to clean the cockpit or the steering wheel Cleaners containing solvents will make the surface porous and vehicle occupants could suffer serious injuries from plastic parts coming loose in the event of air bag deployment H Do not use oil wax or scouring agents Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface Hard plastic trim items gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care ona soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure COMAND display H You must switch off the COMAND display and allow it to cool prior to cleaning H Do not use any liquids or cleaning agents These can damage or even destroy the COMAND display screen gt Use a standard microfiber cloth and apply with light pressure Steering wheel and gear selector lever gt Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Operation i aA Vehicle care Operation lest Carpets gt Use Mercedes Benz approved
309. mend that you use it only with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location on the Useful features Search amp Send Search amp Send is a navigation destination address entry service For more information on Search amp Send refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehicle unintentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is not available gt Contact the Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only You will be asked to provide your password gt Then return to your vehicle at the time arranged with the Customer Assistance Center and pull the trunk lid handle for a minimum of 20 seconds until the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehicle via Internet in the My Tele Aid section of Owner s Online using your ID and password USA only The remote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network is available The SOS button will flash and the message Connecting Call will appear in the multifunction display to indicate receipt of the door unlock command If the trunk lid handle was pulled for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorization was received you must wait 15 minutes before
310. ming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example if the rear window sunshade is in raised position Light hitting the mirror s at certain angles incident light could blind you As a result b gt F Memory function Controls in detail LJ you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could cause an accident To assist during parking maneuvers you can set the passenger side exterior rear view mirror so that you can see the rear wheel and the road curb Setting and storing the parking position gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button to select the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R The passenger side exterior rear view mirror moves to the preset parking position gt Adjust the passenger side exterior rear view mirror with adjustment button so that you see the rear wheel and the road curb The exterior rear view mirror parking position is stored You can also store the parking position using the memory button M gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button to select the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Adjust the passenger side exterior rear view mirror with adjustment button so that you see the rear wheel and the
311. ming step 3 hold hand held remote control at different lengths and angles from the signal transmitter button or you are programming Attempt varying angles at the distance of 2 to 12 inches 5 to 30 cm away or the same angle at varying distances e If another hand held remote control is available for the same device try the programming steps again using that other hand held remote control Make sure new batteries are in the hand held remote control before beginning the procedure e Straighten the antenna wire from the garage door opener assembly This may help improve transmitting and or receiving signals Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated remote control If you should experience further difficulties with programming the integrated remote control contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA only at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or the HomeLink Hotline USA only at 1 800 355 3515 or the Customer Service Canada only at 1 800 387 0100 USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority
312. mpartment 05 188 Tires and wheels eeeeeseeee 192 Wintenidriving ee ee 215 Driving instructions 06 217 Maintenance ee eea 221 Vehicle care ee nee ee 222 Operation 4 an At the gas station Operation ea Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual The first 1000 miles 1500 km The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break in period the more satisfied you will be with its performance later on e Drive your vehicle during the first 1000 miles 1500 km at varying but moderate vehicle and engine speeds e During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive engine speeds no more than 2 of maximum rpm in each gear e Avoid accelerating by kickdown e Select gear ranges 3 2 or 1 gt page 106 only when driving at moderate speeds for hill driving After 1000 miles 1500 km you may gradually increase vehicle and engine speeds to the permissible maximum All of the above instructions as may apply to your vehicle type also apply when driving the first 1000 miles 1500 km after the engine or the rear differential has been replaced Always obey applicable speed limits At the gas station Refueling
313. multifunction display acini nnne 251 Power washer eese 223 Power windows s es 95 Cleaning so cccseissiscectec tes ceceesstess 226 OPerablOMNsssiists ec ssscseeseeeeestscbesass sans 95 Rear side window override switch 57 SYMGNOMIZING sca stsscoescceusdesedebessesas eds 97 Practical hints cceeeeeeeeeees 230 PRE SAFE l es sree 50 Messages in the multifunction displaye ioe ER 234 PRE SAFE Brake cccccccssscssseeeees 63 Activating deactivating 120 Messages in the multifunction Cis Play cs scccccessetcesevscnessteeceosseecnees 234 Problems While driving 0 ee eeeeeeeeeseeeereeeeeees 101 WIEHIVENI CIC sssrin 22 With WIPES s ccacsaccaencecceeoseee 95 Product information aig LY Production options weight 214 Program mode selector switch Automatic shift program sesse 107 Manual shift program seese 109 Proximity key see Key SmartKey PSI air pressure unit 0 214 Radar sensors Messages in the multifunction displayi R ieee 240 Switching on Or Off seseris 126 Radio Selecting stations sissors 117 Radio transmitters eee 220 Rain sensor see Intermittent wiping Rear axle oil ccccceeseseeeestteeeees 301 Rear center console ashtray see Ashtrays Rear fog lamp see Fog lamps Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear side window Override SWItCH ceseesececeeesseeeeees 57 Rear view camera
314. n This may cause your vehicle to brake late or unexpectedly Offset driving Mn P54 70 2425 31 A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset from your direct line of travel may not be detected by the DISTRONIC PLUS There will be insufficient distance to the preceding vehicle Lane changing P54 70 2426 31 The DISTRONIC PLUS has not yet detected the vehicle changing lanes There will be insufficient distance to the lane changing vehicle Narrow vehicles P54 70 2427 31 Because of their narrow profile the vehicles traveling near the outer edges of the lane have not yet been detected by the DISTRONIC PLUS There will be insufficient distance to the preceding vehicles Obstacles and stationary vehicles _ 70 2450 31 The DISTRONIC PLUS does not brake for obstacles or stationary vehicles If for example the vehicle detected in front of you changes lanes to bypass an obstacle or stationary vehicle in front of it the DISTRONIC PLUS will not brake for the obstacle or stationary vehicle Cross traffic Ly The DISTRONIC PLUS may inadvertently detect crossing vehicles If you switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS for example at a traffic light with cross traffic the vehicle may suddenly start to drive off Hill start assist system On uphill grades the hill start assist system maintains the pressure in the brake system for approximately 1 second after you have released the brake ped
315. n pressure label The tire inflation pressure label is located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires Follow tire manufacturer s maintenance recommendation included with the vehicle For information on recommended tire inflation pressure and supplemental tire inflation pressure information for special driving situations see gt page 193 Please keep in mind that the vehicle must be equipped e with wheels of identical dimensions on each axle left and right e with tires of identical characteristics all around i e summer tires winter tires or all season tires etc The following pages also list the approved rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle zoe ims and tes with winter tires Winter tires are not available as standard or optional factory equipment but can be purchased from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Equipping your vehicle with winter tires approved for your vehicle model may require the purchase of rims of the recommended size for use with these winter tires This depends on vehicle model and the standard or optional factory equipped wheel rim tire configuration on your vehicle For more information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center iss ENG ires 290 Same size tires E 350 E 350 Sport Package 17 wheels Rims light alloy 38 WN Wheel offset 1 77 in 45 mm Winter tires
316. n there are seat belts available Make sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a Seat belt for more than one person at a time Z Warning Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced Also the seat belt anchoring points must be checked Only use seat belts which have been approved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation of the ETDs or to their failure to activate when necessary Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Proper use of seat belts A Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only protect when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section as that could result in serious injuries in case of an accident e Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents including rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver front air bag driver side knee bag front passenger front air bag side impact air bags pelvis air bags window curtain air bags for side windows Emergency Tensioning
317. n the Control system section see Switching locator lighting on or off gt page 124 CE Turn signals gt Press the combination switch in direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal indicator lamp amp or amp in the instrument cluster flashes The combination switch resets automatically after major steering wheel movements To signal minor directional changes gt Press the combination switch only to the point of resistance in direction of arrow 2 or 4 and release The corresponding turn signal lamps will flash three times High beam gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position Z gt page 87 gt Switching on Push the combination switch in direction of arrow Q The high beam headlamp indicator lamp D in the instrument cluster comes on gt Switching off Pull the combination switch in direction of arrow to its original position Also note the information on high beam headlamps with activated automatic headlamp mode gt page 88 or the daytime running lamp mode gt page 89 Lighting lan Adaptive Highbeam Assist The Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only available in vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps Depending on the driving and traffic situation low beam leveling and the high beam headlamps are controlled via an optical sensor The sensor is located on the front of the overhead control panel Glare
318. n this case proceed as follows e When driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESC cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed H Because the ESC operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer or when the vehicle is being towed with one axle raised Active braking action through the ESC may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H The ESC will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire size as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual The DISTRONIC PLUS and cruise control switch off automatically when the ESC engages Electronic Traction System ETS Observe Safety notes see page 59 The ETS Electronic Traction System is a component of the ESC The ETS improves the vehicle s ability to utilize available traction especially under slippery road conditions by applying the brakes to a spinning wheel When you switch off the ESC the ETS is still enabled Switching off the E
319. nance System H Using engine oils and oil filters of a specification other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Please follow Maintenance System recommendations for scheduled oil changes Failure to do so will result in engine or emission control system damage Warranty Use the table below to determine the MB sheet number Model Engine MB sheet type number E 350 272 229 5 E550 23 229 5 MB sheet numbers are printed on the outside of oil containers 23 Mixed with water or commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze Viscosity grades for engine oils Using the chart below select oil viscosity according to the lowest air temperature expected before the next oil change P18 00 2251 31 Engine oil additives H Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Air conditioning refrigerant R134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil are used in the air conditioning system H Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lubricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid A Warning During
320. nates it indicates a low tire pressure condition or a malfunction in the TPMS system itself e If the telltale illuminates continuously one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated There is no malfunction in the TPMS e f the telltale flashes for 60 seconds and then stays illuminated the TPMS system itself is not operating properly The TPMS only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors A Warning The TPMS does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard or the supplemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to asudden dramatic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Z Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once a month when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire inflation pressure l
321. nates you have reached the minimum distance e Front area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red distance segment illuminates and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the automatic transmission is shifted into park position P or the parking brake is engaged Rear area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red distance segment illuminates and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the automatic transmission is shifted into drive position D or park position P or the parking brake is engaged Switching the Parktronic system on off The Parktronic system switches on automatically when the ignition is switched on gt Switching off Press Parktronic switch Indicator lamp 2 comes on gt Switching on Press Parktronic switch Q again When you switch the Parktronic system on or off the Parking Guidance gt page 147 is also switched on or off Parktronic system malfunction There is a malfunction in the Parktronic system if only the red distance segments illuminate and an acoustic warning sounds The Parktronic system will switch off automatically after 20 seconds and indicator lamp 2 in Parktronic switch comes on gt Have the Parktronic system checked at an author
322. nation low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale USA only Coolant temperature warning lamp Brake warning lamp USA only Antilock Brake System ABS indicator lamp High beam headlamp indicator lamp Low beam headlamp indicator lamp Fuel tank reserve warning lamp Page 262 198 269 267 262 261 90 87 266 Vehicles without DISTRONIC PLUS Warning lamp without function It illuminates when the ignition is on It should go out when the engine is running N Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel Function Page Press button 4 briefly to go to the next higher menu level 113 to confirm display message 113 to cancel the Voice Control System Press and hold button 4 to select the standard At a glance 4 display 11g Pressbutton lt q or pe 113 to call up line for main menus to scroll to the left or right to select menus Function Page Press button a or Y Multifunction display 114 briefly MMe to select submenus Press button E to scroll up or down through to end a call 119 lists to reject an incoming call 119 to select previous or next Press button track scene or stored ocna e call 118 station within Audio menu 17 oral 119 to switch to the phone book and select a name or ale to redial 119 number within Tel menu
323. nce over your shoulder before changing lanes You can store the settings for the exterior rear view mirror position with the memory function gt page 86 gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button for the driver s side exterior rear view mirror or button 2 for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The indicator lamp in the respective button comes on If you do not make adjustments to the selected exterior rear view mirror within 15 seconds the indicator lamp goes out You will then have to select the desired exterior rear view mirror again before adjustments can be made Adjustments can only be made with the indicator lamp for the respective exterior rear view mirror button illuminated gt Press adjustment button up down left or right according to the desired setting Controls in detail Fey H If an exterior rear view mirror was forcibly hit from the front manually snap it back into place Atlow ambient temperatures the exterior rear view mirrors will be heated automatically The exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when the ignition is switched on and incoming light from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mirror The rear view mirrors will not react if the automatic transmission is set to reverse gear R or the interior lighting is switched on A Warning The auto dim
324. nconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times Maintenance Notes The Maintenance System in your vehicle tracks the distance driven and the time elapsed since the last maintenance service It calculates other maintenance service work required and calls for the next maintenance service accordingly We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have it serviced in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet at the times called for by the maintenance service indicator Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet and maintenance service indicator at the designated times mileage will result in vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Maintenance service indicator message Information on maintenance work and maintenance intervals are specified in the Maintenance Booklet Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only for additional information The maintenance service indicator message will notify you when the next maintenance service is required Starting approximately 1
325. ncrements The set speed value is increased or decreased in 1 mph Canada 1 km h Driving systems 137 increments each time you lift or press the DISTRONIC PLUS lever up or down to the resistance point gt Increasing Briefly lift the DISTRONIC PLUS lever up to the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Decreasing Briefly press the DISTRONIC PLUS lever down to the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the DISTRONIC PLUS lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments The set speed value is increased or decreased in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments each time you lift or press the DISTRONIC PLUS lever up or down past the resistance point gt Increasing Briefly lift the DISTRONIC PLUS lever up past the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Decreasing Briefly press the DISTRONIC PLUS lever down past the resistance point in direction of arrow gt Release the DISTRONIC PLUS lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Setting stored speed Resume function A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the preset
326. nd Cap n se 187 Refueling sence cessed ssepesesesecacsesagiaepesens 186 FUSES 1 04 te orice nieces 290 a eae Garage door opener 5 33 179 Gasoline see Fuel GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating 214 Gear range 2 6 56 s eines eens 106 WN CGO ren 53 ces asteescstadis Gestbensaeaee 106 LIMMLING sees cee vecceeeece spares seeveecesserss 108 Shifting into optimal eee 108 Gear selector lever nenne 104 CIS AMINE sissien 227 Gearshift pattern ceceeeeeeeeee 104 OG AEEA AET 99 104 Shifting procedure eceeeeeeeeees 104 Transmission position indicator 105 Transmission positions 0 105 Generator see Alternator Global locking unlocking see Key SmartKey Glove DOK oi cc sz5dechecacesissas bese asetaesiseiacss Gross Axle Weight Rating see GAWR Gross Vehicle Weight see GVW Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see GVWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Ratih janana nE Halogen headlamps see Headlamps Hard plastic trim items cleaning 227 Hazard warning flasher 0 92 Headlamp cleaning system 92 Headlamps Active Bi Xenon headlamps 87 Adaptive Highbeam Assist 91 Automatic headlamp mode 88 BIFXQNOM cevevesssessececeescessebseecesses 87 276 Cleaning lenses seee 225 Cleaning system eseese 92 Daytime running lamp mode 89 Delayed shut off ssssissss
327. nderinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This b gt Practical hints What to do if Practical hints __ sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly incompatible replacement or alternate tires Lamp in center
328. ng performance To benefit however you must make sure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the intended direction of rotation of the tire Spare wheels may be mounted against the direction of rotation spinning even with a unidirectional tire for temporary use only until the regular drive wheel has been repaired or replaced Always observe and follow applicable temporary use restrictions and speed limitations indicated on the spare wheel A Tires and wheels Operation E Tire care and maintenance Z Warning Regularly check the tires for damage Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them Check the tire inflation pressure at least once a month For more information on checking tire inflation pressure see Recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 193 Tire inspection Every time you check the tire inflation pressure you should also inspect your tires for the following e excessive treadwear gt page 206 e cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e bumps bulges cuts cracks or splits in the tread or side of the tire Replace the tire if you find any of the above conditions Make sure you also inspect the spare tire periodically for conditi
329. ng safety systems 5 58 Anti theft systems ceee 66 Safety and security Di A Occupant safety Safety and security O Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Occupant safety Introduction In this section you will learn the most important facts about the restraint system components of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Child restraints e Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH also known as ISOFIX Additional protection potential is provided by e Supplemental Restraint System SRS with Air bags Air bag control unit with crash sensors Emergency Tensioning Device ETD for seat belts Seat belt force limiter e NECK PRO active front head restraints e Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE e Air bag system components with Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Front passenger seat with Occupant Classification System OCS Although the systems are independent their protective functions work in conjunction with each other A Warning Modifications to or work improperly conducted on restraint system components or their wiring as well as tampering with interconnected electronic systems can lead to the rest
330. ngine s braking power a drive wheel may not spin for an extended period of time e g on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Continuous or hard braking A Warning Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effectiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an accident After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately park so that the air stream will cool down the brakes faster Wet roads A Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected brake effect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front To help prevent brake disk corrosion after driving on wet or salt covered roads it is advisable to brake the vehicle with considerable force prior to parking The heat generated serves to dry the brakes Salt covered roads A Warning A layer of salt on the brake discs and the brake linings may cause a delay in the braking effect resulting in a significantly increased braking distance which could lead to an accident
331. ning Press fuel filler flap Q at the point indicated by the arrow gt Turn fuel filler cap counterclockwise gt Take off fuel filler cap The fuel filler cap is tethered to the fuel filler neck Do not drop the cap It could damage the vehicle paint finish gt Place fuel filler cap 2 in direction of arrow into holder gt Fully insert filler nozzle unit and refuel gt Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top off or overfill Operation i gt Closing Turn fuel filler cap clockwise until it audibly engages Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehicle Otherwise the flap locking pin will prevent closing the fuel filler flap gt Close fuel filler flap For information on quantities and requirements of operating agents see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 301 Check the following e Engine oil level gt page 189 e Tire inflation pressure gt page 195 e Coolant level gt page 190 e Vehicle lighting gt page 275 e Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 191 e Brake fluid gt page 191 Engine compartment Operation lest Engine compartment H j Z Warning Do not pull the release lever while the vehicle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow This could cause the hood to come loose and injure you and or others Opening Z Warning Do not open the
332. ning messages see Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display gt page 232 gt Use button v or a to scroll through the messages If you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and then back to position 2 all Control system fen messages will be deleted from the message memory Settings menu Introduction In the Sett menu there are two functions The function Factory Setting gt page 121 with which you can reset the settings to the original factory settings and a collection of submenus gt page 122 with which you can make individual settings for your vehicle Controls in detail Pay Resetting to factory settings You can reset most of the settings of the submenus to the factory settings For safety reasons the function Daytime Running Lamps in the Lights submenu cannot be reset while driving gt Press button lt q or gt Sett menu to select the gt Press button or a to select the Factory Setting function gt Press button OK The function Reset All Settings appears in the multifunction display gt Press button or _ a to select Yes or No Select Yes if you want to reset to factory settings gt Press button OK to confirm The confirmation message appears in the multifunction display A Control system Controls in d
333. nment bolt and push it on gt Insert the wheel bolts and tighten them slightly gt Unscrew the alignment bolt gt Install the last wheel bolt and tighten it slightly Lowering the vehicle gt Lower the vehicle by turning the crank counterclockwise until the vehicle is resting fully on its own weight gt Remove the jack P40 10 5739 3t gt Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly following the diagonal sequence illustrated Q to until all bolts are tight Observe a tightening torque of 96 lb ft 130 Nm Z Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 96 lb ft 130 Nm gt Fully collapse the jack with handle folded in storage position see gt page 231 gt Store the jack and the other vehicle tools in the designated storage space gt Vehicles with AMG bodystyling Reinstall the cover of the door sill trim when you have changed a front wheel USA only Do not restart the tire inflation pressure monitor until a full size wheel tire with functioning sensor has been placed back into service on the vehicle gt Do not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h Safety notes A battery should always be sufficiently charged in order to achieve its rated service life Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short distance trips you w
334. not activate the cruise control e when you brake e when you have engaged the parking brake e when the automatic transmission is in park position P reverse gear R or neutral position N e the ESC is switched off or has switched off due to a malfunction The vehicle speed displayed in the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting for the cruise control system Setting current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever in direction of arrow C or press in direction of arrow gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal On uphill grades the cruise control may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the set speed will be resumed On downhill grades the cruise control maintains the set speed by braking with the vehicle s brake system In addition on longer downhill grades the automatic transmission will downshift automatically Canceling cruise control gt Depress the brake pedal or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off The cruise control switches off automatically when you depress the brake pedal or you engage the parking brake In this case the cruise control speed segments in the multifunction display will go out The cruise control also switches off autom
335. ntenance facility carrying out the maintenance service will find the information for resetting the maintenance service indicator in the maintenance relevant literature for your vehicle Such literature is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly from Mercedes Benz H If the maintenance service indicator was reset inadvertently have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center correct it Only reset the maintenance service indicator if the proper maintenance service has been performed Not following the proper maintenance service as described in the Maintenance Booklet will result in engine damage and or other vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Vehicle care Cleaning and care of the vehicle Notes Regular and proper care will help to maintain the value of your vehicle A Warning Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the particular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children H When cleaning the vehicle do not use scouring agents Never apply strong force and only use a soft wet cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface to be cleaned While in operation even while parked your vehicle is
336. nts and children traveling with you in the vehicle e restraint systems for infants and children A Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained You and your passengers should always wear seat belts Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt The air bags can only protect as intended if the occupants are properly wearing their seat belts A Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is properly positioned on the body A Warning Never let more people ride in the vehicle tha
337. nvolved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA Headquarters 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from www Safercar gov Vehicle data recording Information regarding electronic recording devices Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data and if equipped with the Tele Aid system may transmit some data in certain accidents Introduction es This information helps for example to diagnose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve vehicle safety Daimler may access the information and share it with others e for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes e with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee e in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency e for use in dispute resolution involving Daimler its affiliates or sales service organization and or e as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check the Tele Aid subscription service agreement for details regarding the information that may be recorded or transmitted via that system Exterior view c
338. o ensure a safe stopping distance always remains with the driver The DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take street and traffic conditions into account Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by the DISTRONIC PLUS This could result in wrong or missing distance warnings A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS adaptive cruise control is not a substitute for active driving involvement It does not react to pedestrians or on stationary objects nor does it recognize or predict the curvature and lane layout or the movement of preceding vehicles The DISTRONIC PLUS can only apply a maximum of 40 of the vehicle s braking power The DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect narrow vehicles possibly driving in front of you such as motorcycles and vehicles driving in an offset formation It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to the road weather and traffic conditions Additionally the driver must provide the steering braking and other driving inputs necessary to remain in control of the vehicle High frequency sources such as toll stations speed measuring systems etc can cause the DISTRONIC PLUS system to temporarily cease functioning A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take road and traffic conditions into account Only use the DISTRONIC PLUS if the road weather and traffic conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed A Warning Use of the DISTRONIC PLUS can be dangerous on slippery roa
339. o prevent short circuits e Always use a Clean lint free cloth when handling bulbs Type Low beam lamp H7 55 W High beam lamp H7 55 W Parking and standing lamp W 5 W Turn signal lamp 3457A Type Corner illuminating lamp H7 55 W e Your hands should be dry and free of oil and grease e If the newly installed bulb does not come on contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mercedes Benz recommends using Longlife LL bulbs A Warning Do not remove the cover for the Bi Xenon headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components It is recommended to have such work done by a qualified technician Before you start to replace a bulb for a front lamp do the following gt Switch off the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 0 gt Open the hood gt page 188 Releasing fixing the washer fluid reservoir To replace bulbs of the driver s side headlamp the washer fluid reservoir in the gt Releasing Turn screw counterclockwise and remove it gt Tilt washer fluid reservoir Q to the side as far as necessary to access the headlamp bulbs gt Fixing Tilt washer fluid reservoir Q back into fixing position gt Fasten screw 2 by turning it clockwise Replacing bulbs Low beam halogen headlamps only P82 10 5591 31 gt Driver s side only Re
340. ody up against the window pane when opening a window The downward motion of the pane may pull that part of your body down between the window pane and the door frame and trap it there If there is a risk of entrapment release the switch and pull it to close the window You can also open or close the windows using the SmartKey see Summer opening feature gt page 97 and Convenience closing feature gt page 97 After switching off the ignition or removing the SmartKey from the starter switch you can operate the windows until you open a door If no door was opened you can operate the windows for up to 5 minutes gt Switch on the ignition gt Opening closing Press or pull and hold switch C to to the resistance point The corresponding window moves downward or upward until you release the switch gt Express operation Press or pull switch C or past the resistance point and release The corresponding door window opens or closes completely gt Express opening of rear side windows Press switch 8 or 4 past the resistance point and release The corresponding rear side window opens completely gt Stopping during express operation Press or pull the respective switch again Closing when a window is blocked A Warning Make sure that nobody can become trapped and be seriously or even fatally injured when closing a window with greater force or without automatic reversal function If
341. og up due to lack of fresh air gt page 162 P68 20 4939 31 b gt Controls in detail Fa net Climate control system Controls in detail Ll S o 0000 Function A C cooling on off Rear window defroster Climate control on off Temperature control passenger side Air distribution Air volume Temperature control driver s side Display Recommendation Notes Switch on off the air conditioning Switch on off the climate control system Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C page 158 page 164 page 157 page 159 gt page 161 gt page 161 gt page 159 Canada only Function Air recirculation Front defroster ZONE function on off Display Recommendation Notes Only use this function for a short time e g in a tunnel Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air P68 20 4006 31 gt page 163 Keep this setting selected only until the gt page 161 windshield and the front door windows are clear again gt page 163 Climate control system Bee Sle Function Recommendation Notes Air distribution and Switch on the automatic mode The air volume indicator lamp above button auto comes automatic mode on A C cooling on off Switch on off the air conditioning Rear window defroster Climate
342. ol in the multifunction display gt Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R The message Check Vehicle Surroundings Press OK to Confirm appears in the multifunction display gt Press OK on the multifunction steering wheel to confirm The display in the multifunction display changes to the Parking Guidance The message Please Drive Backward appears in the multifunction display depending on the distance to the parking space Backward 69 F PAND Please Dri gt If applicable drive straight backward a little An arrow pointing toward you indicates the backward direction gt Drive straight backward until an acoustic signal sounds Stop the vehicle You have reached the stop position The arrow is completely white The message Please Steer Wheel to the Right or Please Steer Wheel to the Left appears in the multifunction display gt With the vehicle still standing turn the steering wheel in the indicated direction until the arrow is completely white and an acoustic signal sounds gt Pulling into parking space Keep the steering wheel in position and drive backward carefully gt Stop as soon as an acoustic signal sounds The vehicle has reached the countersteering point The message Please Steer Wheel to the Right or Please Steer Wheel to the Left appears in the multifunction display gt Countersteering With the vehicle still standing turn the steering wheel in
343. on a signal sounds when the message appears Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the maintenance service indicator following a completed maintenance service Calling up the maintenance service indicator display The menu overview can be found on gt page 114 You can call up the maintenance service indicator display at any time to check when the next maintenance service is required gt Switch on the ignition The standard display of the control system appears gt page 115 gt Press button lt or gt on the multifunction steering wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press button jor a ASSYST PLUS gt Press button OK on the multifunction steering wheel to confirm The maintenance service indicator display with the maintenance service deadline appears in the multifunction display to select If the battery was disconnected the days of disconnection will not be included in the count shown by the maintenance service indicator To arrive at the true maintenance service deadline you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the maintenance service indicator message or maintenance service indicator display Resetting the maintenance service indicator In the event that the maintenance service on your vehicle is not carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center you can have the maintenance service indicator reset The automotive mai
344. on and inflation Spare tires will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Life of tire A Warning Tires and spare tire should be replaced after 6 years regardless of the remaining tread The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire inflation pressure e Distance driven Tread depth A Warning Although the applicable federal motor vehicle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI become visible at approximately 4 in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than g in 3 mm Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approximately 1 46 in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced The recommended minimum tire tread depth for summer tires is in 3 mm The recommended minimum tire tread depth for winter tires is in 4 mm Treadwear indi
345. on the wetness of the sensor surface automatically H Do not leave windshield wipers on an intermittent setting when the vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Windshield wipers will operate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and windshield wipers may be damaged as a result H If you have set intermittent wiping dirt on the surface of the rain sensor or optical effects may cause the windshield wipers to wipe in an undesired fashion This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield You should therefore switch off the windshield wipers when weather conditions are dry gt Turn the combination switch to position or After the initial wipe pauses between wipes are controlled by the rain sensor automatically Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the vehicle is at a standstill and a door is opened This protects persons getting into or out of the vehicle from being sprayed Intermittent wiping will be continued when all doors are closed and e the automatic transmission is in drive position D or reverse gear R or e the wiper setting is changed using the combination switch Single wipe gt Press the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow to the resistance point The windshield wipers wipe one time without washer fluid Wiping with washer fluid gt Press the combination switch in direction of arrow
346. once the driver s seat belt is fastened If after these 6 seconds the driver s or the front passenger s seat belt with the front passenger seat occupied is not fastened with both doors closed e the seat belt telltale 4 remains illuminated for as long as either the driver s or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened and if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h the seat belt telltale amp starts flashing and a warning chime sounds with increasing intensity for a maximum of 60 seconds or until the driver s and front passenger s seat belt are fastened If you and or your passenger release the seat belt during driving the seat belt telltale starts flashing and the warning chime sounds as described before If the driver s or the front passenger s seat belt remains unfastened after 60 seconds the warning chime stops sounding the seat belt telltale stops flashing but continues to be illuminated b gt Occupant safety bee Safety and security 4 A Occupant safety Safety and security Oo After a vehicle standstill the warning chime is reactivated and the seat belt telltale 4 is flashing again if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h The seat belt telltale amp will only go out if both the driver s and the front passenger s seat belt with the front passenger s
347. one Answering ending a call 0 118 Hands free microphone nsss 33 IM QIU soes sed chevcsdeseneicaceeandeecncecsnesuecse Operation Phone book Re dialing 2 2 s0 scececaesseevecncetcevsseuess Temperature COON ant venne pn r renna n s 111 Interior temperature ce secre 159 OIT Eo eaa 111 Tether anchorage points see Children in the vehicle Tie down rings ee 168 Tightening torque WINGCIS senretene eert 283 TIN Tire Identification Number 215 Tire and Loading Information placard aneen elves 201 Tire and loading terminology 213 Tire Identification Number see TIN Tire inflation pressure CHECKING reseeecenieeetseegicceses ss sezerseeess 195 Important notes ON eee eens 194 Label on the inside of fuel filler PAP E T 194 Placard on driver s door B pillar 201 Tire labeling 2 22 2 0scsseeedsascesetseseds 209 Tire load rating eee eeeeeeee 214 Tire ply composition and material USC E E canoe Geese 215 Tire pressure loss warning system 196 Mile Setren irae 192 297 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced PPMS scssssaccavens coxtuvsvvertesterscesicscsees 198 Air pressure wee 193 Care and maintenance 0 206 Cleaning aoseun RE 207 Direction of rotation spinning 205 Important notes on tire inflation PIESSULC sc csssseessssscatancedsccevscseessece 194 Inflation pressure ce eeeeeeeeee eens 195 Information placard seese 201
348. onsequences and gt Solutions The DISTRONIC PLUS is temporarily unavailable The DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated because e the DISTRONIC PLUS cover in the radiator grille is dirty e its function is impaired as a result of heavy precipitation e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative due to electromagnetic interference near television and radio transmitter stations toll stations speed measuring systems etc e the radar sensors do not sense any other vehicles or objects i e road sign or similar to this for a long time e the system is out of the operating temperature range e the battery voltage is insufficient gt f necessary clean the DISTRONIC PLUS cover in the radiator grille gt page 225 gt Restart the vehicle gt Try activating the DISTRONIC PLUS again later gt Wait until the system is within the operating temperature range or the battery recovers The DISTRONIC PLUS becomes operational again without the engine being restarted when e dirt on the radiator grille has fallen off while driving e g slush or snow e the system recognizes full sensor availability due to lessening rain or the road surface drying e the message in the multifunction display disappears The DISTRONIC PLUS is malfunctioning The BAS PLUS and the PRE SAFE Brake are also not available gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible You have accelerated The DISTRONIC PLUS has switched of
349. or more details concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com USA only log in to Owner s Online and visit the My Tele Aid section to learn more If the indicator lamp in Information button Q is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Customer Assistance Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display gt Terminating calls Press button the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system eA on Call priority If other service calls such as a Roadside Assistance call or Information call are active an emergency call is still possible In this case the emergency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is concluded Automatic initiated emergency calls can only be terminated by a Customer Assistance Center representative All other calls can be terminated by pressing button EQ multifunction steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the COMAND system audio is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to the COMAND system If you must use this phone we recom
350. or the ESC Spe PUES O0 in OE Tia Tires specially developed for your vehicle dearoce gap and tested and approved by Mercedes Spark plugs 15 18 lb ft Benz can be identified by finding the tightening torque 20 25 Nm following on the tire s sidewall e MO Mercedes Benz Original equipment tires Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz may result in damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 16 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating 17 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out Technical data E H Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz can have detrimental effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise e increased fuel consumption Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may under load exhibit dimensional variations and different tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts Damage to the tires or the vehicle may be the result Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center The Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire inflation pressures for cold tires is located on the driver s door B pillar Supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition can be found on the tire inflatio
351. or the winter season to ensure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance compared to summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exercise appropriate caution H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Temperature A Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Rotating tires A Warning Rotate front and rear wheels only if the
352. ork is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display Useful features Controls in detail heal gt Terminating calls Press button the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system on Information button PB2 95 2841 31 gt Press and hold Information button Q for longer than 2 seconds A call to the Customer Assistance Center will be initiated The indicator lamp in Information button Q will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Call will appear in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals The COMAND system display indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on the COMAND system Spoken commands are not available A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be established Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to you F
353. orward until it engages gt Removing ashtray insert Grab ashtray insert on the sides and pull it up and out in the direction indicated by arrows gt Reinstalling ashtray insert Push ashtray insert 2 back into the frame until it engages gt Closing Tap front of cover Q Rear center console ashtray gt Opening Pull at top of cover Useful features Controls in detail L gt Removing ashtray insert Push button to disengage ashtray insert and remove it gt Reinstalling ashtray insert Push ashtray insert down into the retainer until it engages Cigarette lighter N Observe Safety notes see page 53 A Warning Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only Make sure any children traveling with you do not injure themselves or start a fire with the hot cigarette lighter If the engine is off and the cigarette lighter is being used extensively the vehicle battery may become discharged gt Switch on the ignition gt Open cover Q gt page 173 gt Push in cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter 2 will pop out automatically when hot gt Take out cigarette lighter 2 gt Reinsert cigarette lighter in its socket after use Power outlets The power outlets can be used to accommodate 12V DC electrical accessories e g auxiliary lamps mobile phone chargers up to a maximum of 15 A 180 W If the
354. osed e the automatic transmission is in neutral position N drive position D or reverse gear R e the DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated gt page 138 A Driving systems gt Make sure the activation conditions are The braking effect of the HOLD function is met canceled and the vehicle can start to roll if gt Depress the brake pedal e the HOLD function is deactivated by gt Continue to depress the brake pedal with depressing the accelerator pedal or the increased pedal pressure until the message brake pedal HOLD appears in the multifunction display e the HOLD function or the power supply is The HOLD function is activated You can malfunctioning e g due to battery failure D now release the brake pedal 5 5 5 e the electrical components in the engine c compartment or the fuses have been w manipulated o as See eS A the battery is disconnected 2 i E O P RN E 504 A Warning Oo GF 32 7592 3 Never get out of the vehicle while the HOLD g HOLD function activated function is activated The HOLD function must never be operated Ifthe HOLD functionisnotactivated when or deactivated by passengers or from outside depressing the brake pedal wait brieflyand the vehicle repeat the above steps The HOLD function does not replace the A Warning parking brake It must not be used to secure The vehicle s brakes are applied when the te venele whenparkime HOLD function is activated Therefore Deactivate the HOLD function
355. osition 2 e the SmartKey in the starter switch is in position 2 and you then engage the latch plate in the buckle once the seat belt presenter has slid back The seat belt adjustment function takes place with a certain amount of retracting force when the system senses slack between the vehicle occupant and the seat belt Do not retain the seat belt during this procedure You can activate or deactivate the seat belt adjustment function via the control system gt page 127 Releasing the seat belts gt Press seat belt release button gt page 48 Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding latch plate gt page 48 H Make sure the seat belt retracts completely Otherwise the seat belt and or latch plate could get caught or pinched in the door or in the seat mechanism This can damage the seat belt and impair its effectiveness and or cause damage to the door and or door trim panel Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Damaged seat belts must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Enhanced seat belt reminder system When the engine is started the seat belt telltale amp will always illuminate for 6 seconds to remind you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the engine is started an additional warning chime will sound The warning chime goes out after approximately 6 seconds or
356. ot covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Once the vehicle is in motion the automatic central locking function engages and the locking knobs in the doors move down The automatic central locking function can be switched off gt page 125 Automatic transmission A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal H Only shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R or park position P when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise the automatic transmission could be damaged gt Depress the brake pedal The gear selector lever lock is released gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D or reverse gear R Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed Only depressing the brake pedal releases the gear selector lever lock gt Wait for the
357. ous rides e g on freeways and highways The ATTENTION ASSIST is active at a vehicle speed of between 50 mph 80 km h and 112 mph 180 km h Always obey applicable speed limits The ATTENTION ASSIST suggests to take a rest when recognizing fatigue or increasing inattentiveness of the driver Z Warning The ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to the driver It might not recognize fatigue or increasing inattentiveness in time or fail to recognize them at all The system cannot substitute a rested and attentive driver Fatigue can cause you to recognize dangers too late to misjudge potential dangers or to react slower Therefore make sure to be rested before and during your trip Take rests early enough and regularly especially during long trips Failure to do so could cause you to recognize dangers too late which could result in an accident and serious injury to you and or others The ATTENTION ASSIST interprets your fatigue or increasing inattentiveness considering the following criteria e the individual driving style for example the way you steer e the driving conditions such as time of day and duration of the ride The ATTENTION ASSIST function is restricted and warnings will be delayed or not issued at all when e road conditions are bad e g heavy bumps or potholes e crosswinds are strong e driving in a sporty manner with high speed in curves or rapid acceleration e driving slower than 50 mph 80 km h or
358. ous status the Adaptive Highbeam Assist function will be Enabled or Disabled For more information on the Adaptive Highbeam Assist see gt page 91 OK to change the current Switching locator lighting on or off With the Locator Lighting function activated and the exterior lamp switch in position A e the exterior lamps will come on during darkness when the vehicle is unlocked with the SmartKey The lamps will go out when the driver s door is opened If you do not open the driver s door after unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey the lamps will go out automatically after approximately 40 seconds e the exterior lamps will remain on for 15 seconds during darkness after exiting the vehicle and closing all doors If after turning off the engine you do not open or close a door the lamps will automatically go out after 60 seconds The following lamps will come on e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Front fog lamps gt Press button lt 4 or gt Sett menu gt Press button jor a Lights submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button Ww or a to select the Locator Lighting function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown to select the to select the gt Press button OK status Depending on the previous status the Locator Lighting function will be En
359. over the center of the head restraint gt Make sure top tether strap is not twisted Once hook is attached the child restraint itself can be secured gt Install the child restraint system and tighten top tether strap according to the child restraint manufacturer s instructions After removing the child restraint system and top tether strap gt Pull down and close anchorage ring cover 2 from respective anchorage ring Child seat anchors LATCH type ISOFIX A Observe Safety notes see page 53 Z Warning Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Install child seat according to manufacturer s instructions The child seat must be firmly attached to both anchors An incorrectly mounted child seat may come loose during an accident which could result in serious injury or death to the child Damaged or impact damaged child seats or child seat mounting fittings must be replaced Each rear seat has two LATCH type ISOFIX anchors for the installation of a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat with matching mounting fittings Non LATCH type ISOFIX child seats may also be used and can be insta
360. position P or engage the parking brake The Parktronic system monitors the surroundings of your vehicle with six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper P 4 65 2963 21 Example illustration sensors in the front bumper To function properly sensors Q must be free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean sensors 1 regularly Be careful not to scratch or damage sensors Q see Cleaning the driving systems sensors gt page 225 A Warning The Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always remains with the driver A Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured H Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts elevated crossbars or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects located above or below the height of the sensors e g street curbs painted posts or trailer hitches etc The Parktronic system will not detect such objects at close range and damage to your vehicle or the object may result Driving systems Lees H Ultrasonic signals from outside sources signal If the obstacle is closer
361. pply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Engine E 350 Engine type Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 134914 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt 272 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 6 3 66 in 92 90 mm 3 39 in 86 00 mm 213 5 cuin 3498 cm 10 7 1 268 hp 6000 rpm 200 kW 6 000 rpm 258 Ib ft 2400 5000 rpm 350 Nm 2 400 5000 rpm 6500 rpm 1 4 3 6 2 5 2401 mm Electrical system E 350 Alternator Starter motor Battery Spark plugs type 14V 150A 12 V 1 4 kW 12 V 70 Ah Bosch Y 7 MPP33 Electrical system E 350 Spark plugs 0 031 in 0 8 mm electrode gap Spark plugs 15 18 Ib ft tightening torque 20 25 Nm Main dimensions E 350 Overall vehicle 185 0 in 4698 mm length Overall vehicle 79 8 in 2028 mm width Overall vehicle 54 8 in 1393 mm height Wheelbase 108 7 in 2760 mm Track front 60 6 in 1538 mm Track rear 60 8 in 1544 mm Ground clearance 3 7 in 95 mm Turning circle 36 1 ft 11 0 m Weights E 350 Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Trunk load Vehicle specification E 550 207 372 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center
362. produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Practical hints Pa Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding H Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Jump starting should only be performed using the jump start terminals located in the engine compartment Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Do not attempt to start the engine using a battery quick charge unit If the engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalytic converter and may present a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation b gt Jump starting Practical hints _ Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the other end is still attached to a battery If the battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the fully charged battery of another vehicle or an equivalent starter pack Observe the following e Access to the battery is not possible on all vehicles If you
363. properly Clean the camera lens regularly Being careful not to scratch or damage the camera lens see Cleaning the rear view camera lens gt page 226 e the trunk lid is open Switching on or off ae e roinne vennari enone oto Rey gt Switching on Switch on the ignition gt Make sure the rear view camera is switched on in the COMAND system For more information refer to separate COMAND operating instructions gt Switch on the COMAND system gt Shift the automatic transmission to reverse gear R The area behind the vehicle appears in the COMAND system display e it is night or you are parking maneuvering your vehicle in an area where it is very dark e the camera is exposed to a very bright white light e the immediate surroundings are illuminated with fluorescent light the COMAND system display can flicker e there is a sudden change in temperature e g if you drive into a heated garage from the cold lens condensation The image from the rear view camera will no longer be displayed if you select another function on the COMAND system while reverse gear R is engaged To display the e the camera lens is dirty or covered e the rear of your vehicle is damaged image again disengage and reengage reverse gear R gt Switching off Shift the automatic transmission into park position P neutral position N or drive position D ATTENTION ASSIST The ATTENTION ASSIST supports you during long monoton
364. r e be more prone to damage from road hazards e adversely affect ride comfort e increase stopping distance Checking tire inflation pressure Safety notes A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires b gt a Tires and wheels Operation est can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Check the tire inflation pressure at least once a month Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold gt page 193 Checking tire inflation pressure manually Follow the steps below to achieve correct tire inflation pressure gt Remove the cap from the valve on one tire gt Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve gt Read the tire inflation pressure on the tire gauge and check against
365. r regardless of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following gt Step 4 Press and hold the signal transmitter button or Do not release this button until it has been successfully trained gt While still holding down the signal transmitter button or cycle your hand held remote control button as follows Press and hold button for 2 seconds then release it for 2 seconds and again press and hold it for 2 seconds Repeat this sequence on the hand held b gt T Useful features Controls in detail lead remote control until the frequency signal has been learned Upon successful training indicator lamp Q will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds gt Proceed with programming step 5 and step 6 to complete Upon completion of programming the integrated remote control make sure you retain the hand held remote control that came with the garage door opener gate operator or other device You may need it for use in other vehicles for future programming of an integrated remote control or simply for continued use as a hand held remote control to operate the respective device in other situations Reprogramming a single signal transmitter button To program a device using a signal transmitter button previously trained follow these steps gt Switch on the ignition gt Press and hold the desired signal transmitter button
366. r axle indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GVW must never exceed the GVWR indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehicle weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle including all options passengers fuel and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load It is indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar Kilopascal kPa Metric unit for air pressure There are 6 9 kPa to 1 psi another metric unit for air pressure is bar There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Load index Numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight total load limit and production options weight Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire Normal occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ib Occupant distribution
367. r seat is not occupied If you then press the seat belt presenter button seat belt presenter Q will not slide out anymore You can also slide out seat belt presenter Q with the seat belt presenter button in the upper center console gt Press the seat belt presenter button Seat belt presenter Q slides out gt With asmooth motion pull the seat belt out of seat belt presenter Q gt Place the shoulder portion of the seat belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap portion across your hips gt Push latch plate into buckle 3 until it clicks Seat belt adjustment function The seat belts on both front seats adjust to the upper body automatically as necessary gt page 49 gt If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Alllap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors to secure child restraints properly For more information on special seat belt retractors see Infant and child restraint systems gt page 54 To release the seat belt with seat belt release button 4 see gt page 49 Seat belt adjustment function The seat belt adjustment function adjusts the seat belts on both front seats to the upper body of the respective vehicle occupant The seat belt will be pulled slightly tighter for that purpose when e you engage the latch plate into the buckle and then turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to p
368. raint systems no longer functioning as intended Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs for example could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in accidents although the deceleration threshold for air bag deployment is exceeded Therefore never modify the restraint systems Do not tamper with electronic components or their software See Children in the vehicle gt page 53 for information on e infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle e restraint systems for infants and children SRS indicator lamp The SRS system conducts a self test when the ignition is switched on and in regular intervals while the engine is running This facilitates detection of system malfunctions The SRS indicator lamp amp in the instrument cluster comes on when the ignition is switched on It goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine has been started The SRS components are in operational readiness when the SRS indicator lamp 7 is not lit while the engine is running Z Warning The SRS self check has detected a malfunction when the SRS indicator lamp a e does not come on at all e fails to go out after approximately 4 seconds after the engine was started e comes on after the engine was started or while driving For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise
369. rculation mode is activated automatically at high outside temperatures The indicator lamp in button 6Soj is not lit when the air recirculation mode is switched on automatically A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes gt Deactivating Press button 6aj again The indicator lamp above the button goes out The manually selected air recirculation mode is deactivated automatically e after 5 minutes if the outside temperature is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the air conditioning is turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside temperature is above approximately 41 F 5 C Climate control system lia Residual heat and ventilation This feature is only available in Canada vehicles with 3 zone automatic climate control With the engine turned off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine if you switch on the residual heat function when outside temperatures are high only the ventilation will be switched on Regardless of the selected air volume the blower operates at low speed Controls in detail Fray gt Activating Switch off the ignition gt Press button The indicator lamp above the button comes on REST gt Deactivating Press button The indicator lamp above the button goes out The re
370. rear left side or right side marker lamp is malfunctioning i Rear Left gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Sidemarker possible Lamp or Check Rear Right Sidemarker Lamp wW Check The left or right front parking lamp is malfunctioning Front gt Halogen headlamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible mae gt page 275 arn ung gt Bi Xenon headlamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Lam ee P Benz Center as soon as possible Check Front Right Parking Lamp Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages W Check Left High Beam or Check Right High Beam X Check Left License Plate Lamp or Check Right License Plate Lamp W Auto Lamp Function Inoperativ e IDF Check Left Low Beam or Check Right Low Beam Check Rear Left Fog Lamp Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right high beam lamp is malfunctioning gt Halogen headlamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 275 gt Bi Xenon headlamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The left or right license plate lamp is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The light sensor is malfunctioning The headlamps come on automatically gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible To switch off the headlamps U S vehicles only gt
371. rence that may cause undesired Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Se Tires and wheels Operation Leet Tire inflation pressure warnings If the system detects a significant loss of tire inflation pressure in one or more than one tire a message appears in the multifunction display In addition an acoustic warning sounds and the low tire pressure telltale in the instrument cluster comes on Example illustration The respective tire is indicated by a red rectangle Restarting Advanced TPMS A Warning It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire inflation pressure to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle When you restart the TPMS the system sets new reference values for each tire The TPMS must be restarted when you have adjusted the tire inflation pressure to a new level e g because of different load or driving conditions The TPMS is then recalibrated to the current tire inflation pressures Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the inflation pressure recommended for the vehicle operating condition Tire inflation pressure should only be adjusted on cold tires Observe the recommended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Some
372. responding feature on the radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions You can also operate the radio in the usual manner Operating audio devices audio media gt Switch on the COMAND system and select the audio device or audio media Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button lt 4 or gt to select the Audio menu The settings for the currently being played audio device audio media appear in the multifunction display Example illustration Disc number Current track Controls in detail Fy aH Control system gt Selecting next or previous track Press Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from button or _ briefly using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle gt Selecting a track from the track list Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph quick search Press and hold approximately 50 km h your vehicle is button v jor a covering a distance of 44 feet approximately The current track does not appear during 14 m every second AGAGA mods operation You can connect your telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth see separate COMAND system operating gt Switch on the COMAND system and select instructions DVD Video Refer to separate COMAND gt Switch on the COMAND system system operating instructions Operating video DVD Refer to separate COMAND system operating instruction
373. ressure cleaner e with a dry cloth and strong pressure e with aggressive cleaning agents You could otherwise damage the camera Cleaning the windows and the wiper blades H Never open the hood when the wiper arms are folded forward Cleaning the rear view camera lens A Warning For safety reasons switch off wipers and remove SmartKey from starter switch before cleaning the windshield and or the wiper blades Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they snap into place gt Clean the windshield and the wiper blade inserts with a clean cloth and mild detergent solution gt Use a soft clean cloth and a mild window cleaning solution on all outside and inside glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is recommended H Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield H To clean the window interior do not use a dry cloth abrasives solvents or cleaners containing solvents Do not touch the inside of the windows with hard objects such as anice scraper or r
374. ribed Otherwise moisture or dirt could enter the fuse box and possibly impair fuse operation gt Close the hood after checking or replacing fuses gt Open the trunk gt Opening Turn lock Q clockwise gt Pull cover 2 downward in direction of arrow gt Closing Press cover 2 backward gt Turn lock counterclockwise Practical hints E gt Open the hood a gt With a dry cloth remove any moisture from fuse box cover gt Opening Release wire from fuse box cover Vehicle equipment 005 294 Parts service m eee 294 Warranty coverage ceeeee 294 Identification labels 294 Vehicle specification E 350 207 5356 pee error ere resnees 296 Vehicle specification E 550 207 372 eer ee ee seencee 296 Rimstanditires cere eee eons cree 297 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 301 Technical data 7A Identification labels Technical data E Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Parts service All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts required for maintenance and repair work In addition strategically located parts distribution centers provide quick and re
375. rm system nor does it lock the fuel filler flap If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the gear selector lever could remain locked in park position P In this case the gear selector lever can be unlocked manually e g to tow the vehicle gt Engage the parking brake H Do not use sharp objects to loosen the gear selector lever cover in the center console as this could damage the gear selector lever cover or the center console gt Insert a flat blunt object into the right edge of gear selector lever cover Q at the positions indicated by the arrows gt Loosen gear selector lever cover Q using this object gt Pull gear selector lever cover 1 out and remove gt Simultaneously push down release 2 and move the gear selector lever out of park position P The gear selector lever is unlocked The gear selector lever is locked again as soon as you move it back to park position P A Warning Avoid contact with the vehicle walls as they may contain sharp edges Otherwise you could injure yourself while releasing the fuel filler flap In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap you can open it manually The fuel filler flap release is located on the passenger side in the trunk behind the side trim panel gt Open the trunk gt page 76 Removing the side trim panel is a demanding process We recommend that you contact Roadside Assistance
376. rnment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Operation fa Traction A Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A Warning If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution a Tires and wheels Operation S The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperature is close to the freezing point Mercedes Benz recommends winter tires page 215 with a minimum tread depth of approximately in 4mm on all four wheels f
377. road curb gt Press memory button M and within 3 seconds press one of the arrows of adjustment button The parking position is stored if the exterior rear view mirror does not move ifthe exterior rear view mirror does move repeat the above steps After the setting is stored you can move the exterior rear view mirror again Calling up the parking position gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button to select the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R The passenger side exterior rear view mirror moves to the stored parking position The passenger side exterior rear view mirror returns to its previously stored driving position e 10 seconds after you have put the gear selector lever out of reverse gear R e immediately once your vehicle exceeds a speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h e immediately when you press button to select the driver s side exterior rear view mirror Memory function With the memory function you can store up to three different configurations per front seat Lighting Each memory position button on the driver s driver s side also wait for the steering side can store all of the following settings wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to e Seat position move to the stored position e Steering wheel position Releasing the memory position button e Exterior rear view mirrors position stops movement
378. ront air bag is deactivated while driving even though an adult or someone larger than a small individual is occupying the front passenger seat Forces acting on the seat may make the system sense a decrease in weight gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Have the front passenger vacate the seat and exit the vehicle gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the passenger door and switch on the ignition Monitor the 3 k Indicator lamp in the center console gt page 45 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 28 for the following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on e the X gs indicator lamp in the center console should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 42 has deactivated the front passenger front air bag e the message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual should not appear in the multifunction display at any time the seat is unoccupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multifunction display If above conditions are met you can occupy the front passenger seat again Depending on the front passenger classification sensed by the OCS the
379. rself in the seat until the amp amp eso indicator lamp goes out In the event of a collision the air bag control unit will not allow front passenger front air bag deployment when the OCS has classified the front passenger seat occupant as weighting as much as or less than a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or if the front passenger seat is classified as being empty When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being up to or less than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint the sor indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat is classified as being empty the 3 essen indicator lamp will illuminate when ee engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being heavier than the weight of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint or as being a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult the Zn castor indicator lamp will illuminate for ao 6 seconds when the engine is started and then depending on occupant weight sensor readings from the seat remain illuminated or go out
380. rson and another person or other objects at the same time e Seat belts should not be worn twisted In a crash you would not have the full width of the seat belt to distribute impact forces The twisted seat belt against your body could cause injuries e Pregnant women should also always use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pressure on the abdomen e Place the seat backrest in a position that is as upright as possible e Check your seat belt during travel to make sure it is properly positioned e Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat e When using a seat belt to secure infant restraints toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the seat belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the seat belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effectiveness of the seat belts Fastening the seat belts A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever
381. s gt Press button lt or to select the Tel menu One of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display e No Service No network is available e Ready for Bluetooth Telephony 4 The telephone has not been connected Disc number to the COMAND system via Bluetooth yet gt Press button lt or gt to select the Audio menu Controls in detail Lal Current scene gt Connect the telephone to the gt Selecting next or previous scene Press COMAND system via Bluetooth button v or a briefly e Phone READY or name of the network provider if available The telephone has found a network and is ready for use You can operate it using the control system gt Selecting a scene from the scene list quick search Press and hold button v jor a i il Tel menu Answering aca A Warning When your telephone is ready to receive calls you can answer a call at any time In the multifunction display you will then see the following message A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe fs location and stop before placing or taking a Call From telephone call If you choose to use the z Newman John telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when
382. s exceeded its physical limitations or in case of evasive steering maneuvers at speeds above approximately 85 mph 140 km h The PRE SAFE system takes the following measures when it is activated e The front seat belts are pre tensioned automatically e If the front passenger seat is in an unfavorable position the seat will be adjusted to a position that seeks to better protect the occupant e The system increases the air pressure in the air pockets on the sides of the seat cushion and backrest of the multicontour front seats e If the vehicle is in a critical dynamic driving situation the door windows and the panorama roof with tilt sliding panel also closes except for a minimal gap that remains open If the closing procedure of any of these elements is blocked it will stop and open slightly Once the hazardous situation no longer exists and an accident has been avoided the PRE SAFE system loosens the seat belt pre tension and decreases the air pressure in the air pockets of the multicontour front seats All of the PRE SAFE system settings can be re adjusted following the critical driving event If the seat belts do not release gt Adjust the seat backrest or seat slightly to the rear until the seat belt tension is reduced The locking mechanism releases H When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats and or the items
383. s a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The responsibility for the vehicle speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead including most importantly brake operation to assure safe stopping distance always remains with the driver Always pay attention to traffic conditions even while the PRE SAFE Brake is switched on Otherwise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is too late and could cause an accident resulting in personal or fatal injury to you or others USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this
384. s and objects on the street If a driving system malfunctions other driving safety systems may also switch off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear ABS Z Observe Safety notes see page 59 A Warning Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pumping the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not Driving safety systems E3 lock during braking This allows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of approximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions On slippery road surfaces the ABS will respond even to light brake pressure The ABS indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running Braking Safety and security At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal The pulsation indicates that the ABS is in the regulating mode gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while you feel the pulsation Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle The pulsa
385. s deactivated e A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in arear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the 8 si indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air ae is deactivated Should the 3 se indicator lamp not illuminate or go out anil the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the 3 k indicator lamp while driving to make sure the B k indicator lamp is illuminated If the A ko indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates e If you have to place a child in a forwar
386. s first Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt Press button lt q or gt to select the Trip menu gt Press button v or a to select From Reset Distance driven since last reset Time elapsed since last reset b gt Control system eee Controls in detail FS A Control system Controls in detail Ll Average speed since last reset Average fuel consumption since last reset The fuel consumption statistics since last reset reset automatically to O after 99999 miles or 9999 hours whichever occurs first Resetting values You can reset the values for the following functions e Trip odometer e Fuel consumption statistics since start e Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt Press button lt q or gt Trip menu gt Press button jor a function you wish to reset gt Press button OK to select the to select the 140 5 FROM START Example illustration Reset fuel consumption statistics since start to select Yes to confirm gt Press button Y OK gt Press button Remaining driving range and current fuel consumption gt Press button lt or gt to select the Trip menu gt Press button v or a to select the estimated remaining driving range and current fuel consumption display Note that the values are calculated based on
387. s scispisreiisses 97 Opening and closing the windows 97 Remote COntrOl siers sisisistrcsssptirssiiss 70 Replacing ensein 74 Replacing batteries sissie 274 Restoring to factory setting 71 73 Selective Setting eninin 71 73 Starter switch positions ee 78 KEYLESS GO Starter switch positions ee 78 KICK A OWI iisiis5 sc cassesceeis scthasedetessssesastsess 106 Kickdown manual shift program 110 Kilopascal air pressure unit 214 Knee bag 0 0 eee eeeeeeeseceeeceesteeceseeeenes 40 Labels Certification sorire 294 Emission control information 295 Tire and Loading Information placard sisiiissesiverississisasiisian 201 Tire inflation pressure eseese 194 Lamps exterior Exterior lamp SWItCH sics 87 FROME ee EE E 276 Messages in the multifunction GiSplay crierirsiisisesiussesrneersssiriss 255 SWItChing On Off siiis isses 87 Lamps indicator and warning ABO ereer e e EEE 29 261 Adaptive Highbeam Assist 91 Brakes i sceietettseshe anena 261 Center console sissors 32 Coolant errean ais 267 Distance warning lamp 132 266 Engine malfunction ESC rrenean ESC OFF Fog lamps Front passenger front air bag ON Pic exces foes EEE E AEST 42 270 Fuel tank reserve ceceeseeeeeeeeeees 266 High beam headlamps 29 90 Instrument cluster eeeeeeeee 260 Low beam headlamps 29 88 Lo
388. s sinesine 51 RESEttINE sscsctcssessiovnecessvecievessssavers 273 Nets parcels cciscscccccostessedeusetesceensess 168 Normal occupant weight 214 Number vehicle identification VIN ecsssccciscscessesscvensiestessseastenteescnanees 294 Occupant Classification System see OCS Occupant Classification System Occupant distribution 214 Occupant safety Air DABS cesccssochecazetsceeastbedscsceenstcteos 37 Children and air bags ssec 37 Children in the vehicle 006 53 Child seat anchors LATCH type ISOFIX oriire 57 Fastening the seat belts 0 47 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lAMP 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 42 270 Infant and child restraint systems 54 ati cove Void to N snese sinerent coerents 36 ISOFIX Child seat anchors LATCHED eccstesastaseeasdsteccesecececazect 57 OCS Occupant Classification SYSTEM Geseit Eris 42 PRE SAPE Ss sezcrtesvseevse ssesczcsreaeeeienes 50 Seat DEMS scccescccecescsedeseevseeeeeceete 38 45 OCS Occupant Classification System secre 42 SGMALESE joes ccevsn svete sts E EET 45 Odometer cceececeeseceeesteeeeneeees 115 Oil oil level see Engine oil On board computer see Control system One touch gearshifting 0 107 Operating safety c eee 21 Ornamental moldings cleaning 225 Overhead control panel 33 Paintwork cleaning
389. scscssstessssercsueseneseeseeceanens 60 I EPEE AE AE E AET 61 ES Oe EAEE 62 EDS E bvast ciate heeltuaredeaees 62 PRE SAFE Brake w cecscscssesesceeseseesens 63 Driving systems ATTENTION ASSIST ou eeeeeeeteeees 151 Cruise CONLIO sesceviessececesvsctecess 128 DISTRONIG PLUS issseccccedssteretsesess 130 Dynamic handling package with sport driving mode ee eeeeeeeeeeeees 143 Hill start assist system 0 141 HOLD TUN CHO cescs lt scccseidecessecerects 141 Parking Guidance seeeeeeeeeseeeee 147 Parktronic SYSteM eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 144 Rear view camera eee 149 Driving tips automatic transmission o e 106 Dynamic handling package with sport driving mode eee 143 Saas Easy entry exit feature 84 126 EBP Electronic Brake Proportioning 0 0 0 0 ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 61 Electrical system Improper work on or MOGIPICALIONS ersin 21 Power Outlets c ccesssceeseeeeteeees Electrical system Technical data see Vehicle specification Electronic Stability Control see ESC Emergency in case of First aid Kitosi nni 230 Fatti Eiee 279 Hazard warning flasher s eeeeen 92 Roadside Assistance 20 177 Towing the vehicle sssssssseeees 287 Emergency calls TOG AIG eeni cence 176 Emergency operations Remote door lock Tele Aid 179 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 179 Trunk lid emergency release
390. se an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in direction of arrow If no speed is stored the current speed is set and stored gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off DISTRONIC PLUS Safety notes When activated the DISTRONIC PLUS adaptive cruise control system increases the driving convenience afforded by the cruise control while traveling on expressways and other major roadways e If the DISTRONIC PLUS distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced so that you follow that vehicle at your preset following distance e If there is no vehicle directly ahead of you the DISTRONIC PLUS will function in the same way as Standard cruise control gt page 128 A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS requires familiarity with its operational characteristics We strongly recommend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS is a convenience system Its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary It is not however intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility for the vehicle s speed distance to the preceding vehicle and most importantly brake operation t
391. seat backrest is not engaged in its lock Carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is in a safe distance from the roadway Always provide sufficient room behind the seat backrest and fold the seat backrest all the way back until it locks in place The warning message is no longer displayed as soon as the seat backrest is locked in place If both seat backrests are locked in place and the warning message is still displayed have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Lumbar support You can adjust the contour of the front seat s lumbar support to help enhance support to your spine P9t 10 2385 31 gt Curvature position Use button to move the curvature up and button to move it down gt Degree of curvature Use button 2 to lessen the curvature and button to increase it Multicontour seat The multicontour seat has a movable seat cushion and inflatable air cushions built into the seat backrest to provide additional lumbar and side support P91 25 2503 21 gt Switch on the ignition gt Seat cushion depth Adjust the seat cushion depth to the length of your upper leg using switch Q gt Seat backrest contour Adjust the contour of the seat backrest to the desired position using switches 2 and gt Seat backrest side bolsters Adjust the side bolsters so that they provide good lateral support using switch Seat ventilation
392. sidual heat is deactivated automatically REST e when the ignition is switched on e after approximately 30 minutes e if the battery voltage drops ZONE function The temperature can be adjusted for each zone individually Dual zone automatic climate control gt Activating Press button zone rocker switch gt page 153 or rocker switch gt page 155 The indicator lamp above button zone comes on b gt Controls in detail L The temperature can be adjusted for each zone individually gt Deactivating Press button The indicator lamp above the button goes out The temperature can be adjusted for all zones via the driver s side settings ZONE 3 zone automatic climate control gt Activating Press button ZONE The indicator lamp above the button comes on The temperature can be adjusted for each zone individually gt Deactivating Press button The indicator lamp above the button goes out The temperature can be adjusted for all zones via the driver s side settings ZONE Rear window defroster A Warning Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driving Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum switch off the defroster as soon as the rear w
393. sion checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Introduction For a full view illustration of the instrument cluster see Instrument cluster gt page 28 A Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction display is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see information about your driving conditions such as e speed e outside temperature e warning indicator lamps e malfunction warning messages e failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The language setting for the multifunction display can be changed via COMAND see separate operating instructions Activating the instrument cluster The instrument cluster is activated when you e open the driver s door e switch on the ignition e switch on the exterior lamps Adjusting the instrument cluster illumination gt To brighten illumination Turn dimmer clockwise gt To dim illumination Turn dimmer counterclockwise The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit ambient light conditions Coolant temperature gauge The coolant temperature gauge is located on the right side in the instrument cluster gt page 28 A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause som
394. sition A gt Press the combination switch in direction of arrow 4 The Adaptive Highbeam Assist indicator in the multifunction display comes on when switching on the low beam headlamps When driving faster than approximately 34 mph 55 km h and no other road users are recognized the high beam headlamps are switched on automatically The high beam headlamp indicator lamp ZO in the instrument cluster comes on additionally When driving slower than approximately 28 mph 45 km h other road users are recognized or the road is illuminated sufficiently the high beam headlamps are switched off automatically The indicator lamp 20 in the instrument cluster goes out The Adaptive Highbeam Assist indicator in the multifunction display remains on Adaptive control of the headlamp leveling takes place at a speed of approximately 25 mph 40 km h gt Deactivating Pull the combination switch back to its initial position The Adaptive Highbeam Assist indicator in the multifunction display goes out High beam flasher gt Switching on Pull the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow Controls in detail Fs EA Lighting Controls in detail Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher can be switched on at all times even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch
395. smoothly H Do not attempt to open the tilt sliding panel before the tilt sliding panel is properly synchronized The tilt sliding panel could otherwise lock up in the open position If the tilt sliding panel cannot be closed or synchronized contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt Switch on the ignition gt Pull the roof panel switch repeatedly in direction of arrow 3 to the resistance point until the tilt sliding panel is closed completely gt Pull and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow for 1 more second gt Pull the roof panel switch repeatedly in direction of arrow 3 to the resistance point until the roller sunblind is closed completely gt Pull and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow for 1 more second gt Check whether the tilt sliding panel and the roller sunblind can be opened completely gt page 165 Loading and storing Loading instructions A Warning Always fasten items being carried as securely as possible Use cargo tie down rings and Loading and storing fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when tr
396. soon as possible and inflate them to the proper tire inflation pressure as indicated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard or if available on the tire inflation pressure label Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare should be checked at least once a month when cold Inflate the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified on e the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or e the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The recommended tire inflation pressures for your vehicle can be found on e the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 201 e the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap the Operator s Manual A Warning The tire pressure loss warning system does not provide a warning for wrongly selected tire inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire pressure loss warning system does not replace regular checks of the tire inflation
397. speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others Controls in detail Fs ae Driving systems Controls in detail gt Briefly pull the DISTRONIC PLUS lever in direction of arrow gt page 134 The DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and resumes to the last set speed or if no speed is stored it will set and store the current speed gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS gt Depress the brake pedal only possible if the vehicle is in motion or gt Briefly push the DISTRONIC PLUS lever in direction of arrow gt page 134 The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off The DISTRONIC PLUS switches off automatically when e the vehicle is secured with the parking brake the vehicle speed falls below 15 mph 25 km h and no preceding vehicle is detected e the ESC is in operation or switched off with the ESC switch gt page 62 or the ESC has switched off due to a malfunction e you shift the automatic transmission into park position P reverse gear R or neutral position N while driving e the radar sensors are switched off e you pull the DISTRONIC PLUS lever in direction of arrow gt page 134 for driving off and the passenger door is open The segments indicating the set speed in the multifunction display go out an acoustic signal sounds and the message DISTRO
398. ssenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated Deployment of the driver front air bag does not mean that the front passenger front air bag also should have deployed The OCS may have determined e that the seat was empty or occupied by the weight up to or less than that of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint both of which are instances where the system suppresses deployment of the front passenger front air bag even though the impact met the criteria and was of sufficient severity to deploy the driver front air bag that the seat was occupied by a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult or a child who weighs more than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint both of which are instances where the system may suppress deployment of the front passenger front air bag even though the impact met the criteria and was of sufficient severity to deploy the driver front air bag By Jke indicator lamp Q will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the starter switch in position 0 A Warn
399. sssiscns 124 HALOS Miss sisccasscscasisehecacsehotareesseseaste 276 High beam flasher essee 91 High beam headlamps 90 Low beam headlamps o n 88 Messages in the multifunction CISPlAY s sesese ccevseestarevsstcestsetaacesstcedes 255 Replacing Bulbs s ccs 2 csezsevecssseesess 275 WIECH 25s coascesarevas cost sesttsoescooncotuesseedere 87 Headliner and shelf below rear window cleaning and care of 228 Head restraints 00 ee 80 AdjUSIMENE w 22 sccccceeseieasestaeesrceees 80 NECK PRO active front head RESURAINUS eoori rr st 51 Height adjustment SOAS E EEE 80 High beam flasher cc eeeeeeeeee 91 High beam headlamps 90 276 Adaptive Highbeam Assist 91 Indicator lamp eeeeeeeeeeeeeseeereeeeees 29 Replacing BuIbS 1 lt sc2sccsetesceeceavesks 276 Hill start assist system 00 141 HOLD function aa 141 Hodene E EER 188 Messages in the multifunction ISP lay ean 249 OPM Aa E EA E E 27 Hydroplaning e 219 C Identification labels 008 294 Identification number vehicle WIN eaii e E ee tetera taviecesovecaciesessete 294 Ignition 50 3 ceesecssocnced asses nien 78 99 Immobilizer oo ee eee eee eetee eter tees 66 Indicator lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Infant and child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle Inflation pressure see Tires Inflation pressure Inside door handle 000
400. ssure and correct as required e Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than in 3 mm e When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around Recommended tire inflation pressure A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Your vehicle is equipped with the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 201 The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly Only adjust the tire inflation pressure on cold tires The tires can be Tires and wheels bie consi
401. start stop button does not need to be removed from the starter switch when you leave the vehicle However always take the SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle As long as Starter switch positions the SmartKey is in the vehicle the vehicle s Position 0 electrical systems can be switched on or the engine can be started using the Before you press the KEYLESS GO start stop button the vehicle s on board electronics KEYLESS GO scart stop button have status 0 as with SmartKey removed Position 1 B gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once s This supplies power for some electrical consumers e g wipers When you now open the driver s door the E power supply is switched off o PE ege eae 2 KEYLESS GO start stop button Eon ot ee Starter switch gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice gt Insert the KEYLESS GO start stop button This supplies power for all electrical into the starter switch if not inserted consumers already When you switch on the ignition all lamps Allow for 2 seconds until the system has in the instrument cluster come on The low detected the KEYLESS GO start stop beam headampindicatorlamp high beam button headlamp indicator lamp turn signal indicator lamps and the indicator lamps for the fog lamps will only come on if activated If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to gt Do not depress the brake pedal come on when the ignition is switched on have it
402. started Upshifting Vehicles with dynamic handling package If you press on the accelerator pedal when the engine has reached the revolution limit of the current gear the automatic transmission will upshift beyond manual program mode M selected If you press on the accelerator pedal when the engine has reached the revolution limit of the current gear the automatic transmission will upshift beyond manual program mode M selected Controls in detail Pe gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction or gt Briefly pull right gearshift control gt page 107 The automatic transmission shifts into the next higher gear Downshifting A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or gt Briefly pull left gearshift control gt page 107 The automatic transmission shifts into the next lower gear To avoid overrewing the engine when downshifting the automatic transmission will not shift into a lower gear if the engine s maximum speed would be exceeded Controls in detail bad When you brake or stop the automatic transmission shifts down into a gear from which you can easily accelerate or take off Kickdown
403. statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster b gt l Occupant safety Safety and security LI seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat e A child in a rear fa
404. ster illumination are also on When ambient light is bright When the SmartKey is in starter switch position 1 or when the KEYLESS GO start stop button has been pressed once all lamps are off When the engine is running the daytime running lamps come on automatically When the low beam headlamps are switched on the green indicator lamp 2 in the instrument cluster comes on Once the low beam headlamps are on the high beam headlamps are also available Daytime running lamp mode In Canada the daytime running lamp mode is mandatory and therefore in a constant mode In the USA the daytime running lamp mode is deactivated by default gt Activate the daytime running lamp mode using the control system see Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt page 123 gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position o jor A When the engine is running and the ambient light is bright the daytime running lamps come on In low ambient lighting conditions the following lamps will come on additionally e Low beam headlamps e Parking lamps e green indicator lamp 2 in the instrument cluster W You can only switch on the high beam headlamps when the low beam headlamps are on The high beam flasher is available at all times Canada only When the engine is running and you e shift from a driving position to park position P with the vehicle at
405. sure the engine is running gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 2 or _A gt page 87 or gt Activate the daytime running lamp mode gt page 89 gt Switch on the left or right turn signal depending on whether you are turning left or right The respective corner illuminating lamp comes on If you have switched on the turn signal for one side but turn the steering wheel in the other direction the corner illuminating lamp comes on on the side of the turn signal or gt Turn steering wheel in desired direction Driving forward The corner illuminating lamp on the side of your steering direction comes on Driving in reverse The corner illuminating lamp opposite to your steering direction comes on The corner illuminating lamps will come on automatically depending on the steering angle even if you did not switch on either turn signal If the corner illuminating lamps came on automatically they will also go out automatically depending on the steering angle and vehicle speed The corner illuminating lamps temporarily come on on both sides of the vehicle if you turn the steering wheel in one direction and then again in the other direction shortly thereafter The corner illuminating lamp remains lit for a short time only It then goes out automatically Switching off gt Switch off the left or right turn signal or gt Steer straight ahead The corner illuminating lamp goes out
406. switch and reinsert The steering is locked when the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch gt Always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch when the engine is not in operation This will help to prevent accelerated vehicle battery discharge or a completely discharged vehicle battery If the SmartKey cannot be turned in the starter switch the vehicle battery may not be sufficiently charged gt Check the vehicle battery and charge it if necessary gt page 285 or gt Get a jump start gt page 285 If the SmartKey does not belong to the vehicle the SmartKey can be turned in the starter switch However the ignition does not switch on and the engine does not start _KEYLESS GO Observe Safety notes see page 53 Vehicles equipped with the KEYLESS GO feature are supplied with a SmartKey with integrated KEYLESS GO function and a removable KEYLESS GO start stop button The KEYLESS GO start stop button must be inserted in the starter switch and the SmartKey present in the vehicle Pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button without depressing the brake pedal corresponds to the various starter switch positions gt page 78 Pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button with the brake pedal firmly depressed will start the engine gt page 99 The KEYLESS GO start stop button can be pulled out of the starter switch easily You can then insert the SmartKey into the starter switch The KEYLESS GO
407. switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow 3 and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the roof panel switch in any direction Closing when the tilt sliding panel is blocked A Warning Make sure that nobody can become trapped and be seriously or even fatally injured when closing the tilt sliding panel without automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding panel is blocked during the closing procedure e g by ice or pollution the tilt sliding panel will stop and open slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding panel has stopped and opened because it was blocked pull and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow 8 until the tilt sliding panel is fully closed If the tilt sliding panel is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding panel was blocked and has opened pull and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow until the tilt sliding panel is fully closed The tilt sliding panel closes without automatic reversal function A Warning Pulling and holding the roof panel switch to close the tilt sliding panel immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the tilt sliding panel to close without any reversal function for as long as you hold the roof panel switch Synchronizing The tilt sliding panel and roller sunblind must be synchronized after a malfunction or if the tilt sliding panel does not open
408. system characteristics warnings could be issued without cause in complex driving situations b gt Driving safety systems Safety and security 7 Driving safety systems Safety and security Oo When the driver and front passenger have fastened their seat belts the PRE SAFE Brake can also e brake the vehicle within a speed range of up to 124 mph 200 km h automatically e activate preventative occupant safety measures PRE SAFE gt page 50 A Warning An intermittent warning sounds and the distance warning lamp A in the instrument cluster is illuminated if the PRE SAFE Brake calculates that the distance to the vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current speed indicate that the PRE SAFE Brake will not be capable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the preset following distance which creates a danger of a collision Immediately brake your vehicle to increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle driving in front of you The warning sound is intended as a final caution that you have not interceded with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the operation of the warning signal to intercede with your own braking as that will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always result in an impact being avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident A Warning The PRE SAFE Brake i
409. t Fasten and position your seat belt e rear view mirror adjustment correctly gt page 47 Make sure e fastening of seat belts l e The seat belt is always fitted snugly e Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder e Place the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible on your hips Occupant safety E Seat and head restraint Observe Safety notes see page 80 gt Position seat and head restraint properly See gt page 81 for seat and head restraint adjustment Observe the following points e Always be in a properly seated position e The position should be as far rearward from the front air bag in the steering wheel as possible while still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely e The seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten and position your seat belt e The seat backrest must be in a position that is as nearly upright as possible e Adjust the seat cushion so that the front edge of the seat cushion lightly supports your legs e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while the seat is being adjusted Ch
410. t an e warning indicator lamps authorized Mercedes Benz Center e malfunction warning messages Failure to repair the condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes o fallure ESS ais Benz Limited Warranty or result in property Driving characteristics may be impaired damage or personal injury If you must continue to drive do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes A Warning Benz Center as soon as possible No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction Read and observe the notes on the HOLD display is inoperative function gt page 141 and parking As a result you will not be able to see gt page 102 when you park the VENIGI information about your driving conditions On the pages that follow you will find a sual ae compilation of the most important warning speed and malfunction messages that may appear For your convenience the messages are divided into text messages gt page 234 and symbol messages gt page 244 e outside temperature Practical hints Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Text messages Safety systems Display messages PRE SAFE PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Inoperativ e See Operator s unc F C Limi S 0 anual tions urrently ted perator s anual Functions Limited See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions
411. t appropriate wheel sensors is mounted e g spare wheel The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire inflation pressure in the multifunction display gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints E The Advanced TPMS cannot monitor the tire inflation pressure due to a nearby radio interference source or insufficient power supply As soon as the causes of the malfunction have been rectified the Advanced TPMS becomes active again automatically after a few minutes of driving The tire inflation pressure is too low in at least one tire or The tire inflation pressures of the individual tires differ from each other significantly The tire inflation pressure values are shown in the multifunction display gt Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 195 gt Restart the Advanced TPMS gt page 200 At least one tire is deflating The respective tire is indicated in the multifunction display gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 279 b gt Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Check The tire inflation pressure in at least one tire is significantly
412. t by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant temperature has exceeded 248 F 120 C gt Stop in a safe location as soon as possible and allow the engine and coolant to cool down Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down H The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty What to do if eee Tires Problem 0 USA only Combination low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction telltale for the Advanced TPMS illuminates continuously USA only Combination low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction telltale for the Advanced TPMS flashes 60 seconds and Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The Advanced TPMS detects a loss of pressure in at least one tire gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 232 If the tire inflation pressure in the respective tire s has have been corrected the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltal
413. t handling and ride comfort called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating wear unevenly increase stopping distance GVWR The GVWR includes the weight and result in sudden deflation blowout of the vehicle all occupants fuel and because they are more likely to become cargo The certification label also tells punctured or damaged by road debris you about the front and rear axle weight potholes etc capacity called the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is the total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear Never exceed the GVWR or GAWR for either the front axle or rear axle an For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration 10 4752 31 This is the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure Q for the tire Always follow the recommended tire inflation Following is a discussion on how to work with pressure gt page 193 for proper tire the information contained on the Tire and inflation Loading Information placard with regards to loading your vehicle Driver s door B pillar b gt A Tires and wheels Operation let Tire and Loading Information A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overlo
414. t of the vehicle after the air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door A Warning To reduce the risk of injury when the front air bags inflate it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly seated position and to wear their respective seat belt For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the seat backrest Fasten your seat belt and make sure it is properly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating position and correct positioning of the hands on the steering wheel will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Occupants who are not wearing their seat belt are not seated properly or are too close to the air bag can be seriously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force instantaneously e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e Move the driver s seat as far back as possible still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s chest to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by adjusting the seat and steering wheel If b gt Occupant safety Safety and security 26 Occ
415. t the oO Attention Asst function Inthe DriveAssist menu you can change Press button OK Othe settings of your driving systems The following functions are available 5 e Displaying distance graphic DISTRONIC s PLUS gt page 133 5 e Activating deactivating PRE SAFE Brake Oo vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS only gt page 120 e Switching ATTENTION ASSIST on or off gt Press button OK again if you would like gt page 120 to change the current status After the function has been activated the Activating deactivating PRE SAFE ATTENTION ASSIST indicator amp appears Brake vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS on the left hand side of the multifunction only display For more information on ATTENTION ASSIST see gt page 151 gt Press button lt or to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press button v or a to select the PRE SAFE Brake function Service menu gt Press button OK Inthe Serv menu the following functions are available e Vehicle status message memory gt page 120 e Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system Canada only gt page 197 e Checking tire inflation pressure electronically with the Advanced TPMS gt Press button OK again if you would like USA only gt page 198 to change the current status After the function has been activated the PRE SAFE Brake indicator F ej appears in the lower part of the
416. tect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after Tires and wheels fe replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly if a condition causing the TPMS to malfunction develops it may take up to 10 minutes for the system to signal a malfunction using the TPMS telltale flashing and illumination sequence The telltale extinguishes after a few minutes driving if the malfunction has been corrected Tire pressure inquiries are made using the multifunction display The current tire inflation pressure for each tire appears in the multifunction display after a few minutes of driving Possible differences between the readings of a tire pressure gauge of an air hose e g gas station equipment and the vehicle s control system can occur The tire pressure displayed by the control system apply to sea level In high altitude locations the reading on a tire pressure gauge will be higher than the reading issued by the vehicle s control system Do not reduce the tire inflation pressure under such circumstances gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button lt 4 or gt
417. tely gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if necessary Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replacement For information on replacing the SmartKey see Replacing the SmartKey gt page 74 Replacing the SmartKey Only you or someone authorized by you can order a replacement key from any Mercedes Benz Center In order to do so the Mercedes Benz Center will require proof of identity and vehicle ownership with original documents including the following If you are the current owner of the vehicle e the vehicle s current state registration e a current identity card passport or drivers license If you are an authorized person e the vehicle s current state registration e a current identity card passport or drivers license for the authorized individual e signed and dated authorization from the owner of the vehicle for which the key is being requested Duplicated or photocopied documentation will not be accepted Activating the key Once you or an authorized person has provided the appropriate documents the Mercedes Benz Center will need to synchronize the key to your vehicle before it can be used In order to do so the Mercedes Benz Center need access to your vehicle Opening the doors from the inside You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Example illustration driver s door If the vehicle
418. ter gt Avoid placing heavy loads on the engine e g by driving uphill as well as stop and go traffic gt Have the fan replaced as soon as possible b gt Practical hints A Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The battery is no longer charging Possible causes e alternator malfunctioning e broken poly V belt e a malfunction in the electronic system gt Stop immediately in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so and check the poly V belt gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt If it is intact Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness Check The engine oil has dropped to a critical level Engi ne gt Check the engine oil level gt page 189 and add engine oil Oil At as required gt page 190 ne gt If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine STEN ile checked for possible leaks Practical hints _ Ifthe message Check Engine 0il At Next For information on approved engine oils Refueling appears while the engine is contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center running and at operating temperature the or visit www mbusa com USA only eng
419. ter of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunction results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunction of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Written notification should not be sent to a dealer it should be addressed to Ey Introduction Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Maintenance The Maintenance Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Maintenance Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program prov
420. ter tires A Warning Winter tires with a tread depth of less than 1 6 in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation A Warning If you use your spare wheel when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Have the spare wheel replaced by a regular road wheel with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Winter driving bas Operation Po a Winter driving Operation les Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show the mountain snowflake 3 marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum effectiveness of your vehicle s driving safety systems such as the ABS and the ESC in winter operation For safe handling make sure all mounted winter tires are of the same make and have the same tread design For information on winter tires for your vehicle model see the Technical data section
421. terference that may cause undesired flap Press button a once D operation gt Global unlocking Press button Any unauthorized modification to this twice _ device could void the user s authority to gt Global locking Press button 9 v operate the equipment pa Canada only Fa A KEYLESS GO o This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to Vehicles equipped with KEYLESS GO come the following two conditions with two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO each 1 This device may not cause interference With remote control and a removable and mechanical key The KEYLESS GO function is integrated into the SmartKey The validity of the SmartKey is checked every time you grasp an outside door 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired handle operation of the device ae When the SmartKey is valid your vehicle Any unauthorized modification to this unlocks device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment e the doors e the trunk lid Factory setting se the fuel filler flap gt Global unlocking Press button When you open a door the windows on that Unless you open a door or the trunk within side lowers slightly Once you close the door approximately 40 seconds after unlocking the windows move up again the vehicle H A window will not work if it is blocked with e The vehicle will
422. tesaresexsoesss 282 Spare sit ceeteresen tera enue eres 279 Tightening torque nserver 283 Wheels sizes 00 0 eee eeeeeseeeeneeeeee 297 Wheels Tires and 1 0 0 0 cece 192 Window curtain air bags 42 Windows see Power windows Windows cleaning eeeeeee 226 Windshield Cleaning wiper blades 006 226 Washer fluid eececeeeeeeeesreceees 306 MA oTe S E P 94 Windshield wipers Replacing wiper blades 278 Winter driving INSEUCTIONS s0 0 scieseeesstevierceeseees 216 SNOW ChiainSess s ccsseciessessuaeessente 216 Tires Ee 215 Winter tires eeeeeeeeee 215 297 Product Information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitability for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in individual cases an Official approval or authorization by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and accessories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts and pre approved conversion parts and accessories are available at any author
423. th sides of the vehicle Tak P RNE 5 Detected parking space on the left Parking space symbol Detected parking space on the right At a vehicle speed of below 19 mph 30 km h you see parking space symbol as a system display in the multifunction display When a parking space has been detected an additional arrow to the right or to the left appears In order to be detected by the Parking Guidance a parking space must be e parallel to the direction of travel e at least 5 ft 1 5 m wide e at least 4 3 ft 1 3 m longer than your vehicle is A parking space is shown in the multifunction display when driving by until you have reached a distance of 50 ft 15 m from the space The Parking Guidance only shows parking spaces on the passenger side of the vehicle unless you activate the driver s side left turn signal If you would like to park on the driver s side the left turn signal must remain on until the reverse gear is engaged Parking A Warning The Parking Guidance is only an aid and may not detect all obstacles The Parking Guidance does not relieve you of the responsibility to pay attention You are always responsible for safety and must continue to pay attention to your immediate surroundings when parking and maneuvering Otherwise you could endanger yourself and others gt Bring the vehicle to a standstill as long as the desired parking space is displayed by the parking space symb
424. than the e g truck air brakes car wash or minimum distance the actual distance may jackhammers may impair the operation of no longer be indicated by the Parktronic the Parktronic system system Range of the sensors Warning indicators Visual signals indicate the relative distance between the sensors and an obstacle Controls in detail Fay P 4 65 2964 2t ve 2 ben 5 eo ml ao Oo b w P54 65 2955 21 Front sensors Center approx 40 in 100 cm Corners approx 24 in 60 cm Rear area warning indicators Each warning indicator is divided into five Rear sensors yellow and two red distance segments for left Cantar approx 48 in 120 cm side Q and right side of the vehicle The Parktronic system is ready to measure when Corners approx 32 in 80 cm the yellow readiness indicators are Minimum distance ee ae 7 The current transmission position determines Center approx 8 in 20 cm which warning indicator will be activated Corners approx 6 in 15 cm If the Parktronic system detects an obstacle in this range all the distance warning segments illuminate and you hear a warning b gt an Driving systems Controls in detail Ll Current Warning indicator transmission position D Front area activated RorN Front and rear area activated As your vehicle approaches an object one or more distance segments will illuminate depending on the distance When the seventh distance segment illumi
425. the indicated direction until the arrow is completely white and an acoustic signal sounds Driving systems ee gt Pulling into parking space Keep the steering wheel in position and drive backward carefully gt Stop as soon as an acoustic signal sounds Stop the vehicle immediately when the Parktronic systems issues an audible continuous warning signal The message Parking Guidance Finished appears in the multifunction display and an acoustic signal sounds You may be prompted to steer into a different direction and then shift the automatic transmission to a another position The displays in the multifunction display will then guide you into the final park position Controls in detail Fes gt If necessary adjust the end position by maneuvering as needed gt Observe the warning indicators of the Parktronic system gt page 145 Canceling the Parking Guidance gt Press the Parktronic switch gt page 146 The Parking Guidance is canceled immediately and the Parktronic system is deactivated The Parking Guidance is canceled automatically if guidance into the parking space is no longer possible or if an error occurs The parking space symbol disappears and the message Parking Guidance Canceled appears in the multifunction display Rear view camera The rear view camera is an optical parking aid The area behind the vehicle appears in the COMAND system display as a mirror image like in the rear vie
426. the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury The SRS might also deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury as well In addition improper work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center USA only Call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Air bags A Warning Air bags are designed to reduce the potential of injury and fatality in certain e frontal impacts front air bags and driver s side knee bag e side impacts side impact air bags window curtain air bags and pelvis air bags However no system available today can completely eliminate injuries and fatalities Deployment of the air bags temporarily releases a small amount of dust from the air bags This dust however is neither harmful to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some temporary breathing difficulty for people with asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get ou
427. the current fuel tank level and the current driving style Make sure to refuel in time If only very little fuel is left in the tank a vehicle at the fuel pump lt appears instead of the estimated remaining driving range CONSUMPTION mpg Current fuel consumption Estimated remaining driving range Digital speedometer gt Press button lt q or gt Trip menu gt Press button v jor a digital speedometer to select the to select the Navi menu The Navi menu contains the functions needed to operate your navigation system gt Press button lt or gt Navi menu The message shown in the multifunction display depends on the status of the navigation system e With the COMAND system switched on or off and route guidance not activated the direction of travel and if applicable the name of the street currently traveled on appear in the multifunction display e With the COMAND system switched on and route guidance activated maneuver to select the instructions appear in the multifunction display Please refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions for instructions on how to activate the route guidance system Audio menu The functions in the Audio menu operate the audio equipment which you have currently switched on The following functions are available e Selecting radio station gt page
428. the end position The display message disappears automatically b gt Practical hints Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Radar Deactivate Sensors d See Operator s Manua Vehicle Display messages Apply TO SMITE Brake from P Door Open Vehicle Not in P Service Do Not Required Shift Gears Visit Dealer Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have attempted to activate the DISTRONIC PLUS or the PRE SAFE Brake even though you have switched off the radar sensors on the vehicle gt Check if switching on the radar sensors is permitted gt page 126 gt Switch on the radar sensors using the instrument cluster control system Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have attempted to shift the automatic transmission into drive position D reverse gear R or neutral position N without depressing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal In addition an acoustic warning sounds You have opened the driver s door and the automatic transmission is still in drive position D reverse gear R or neutral position N gt Before you leave the vehicle make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P and the parking brake is engaged In addition an acoustic warning sounds The automatic transmission cannot be shifted out of the current transmission position because of a malfunction If the automati
429. the garage door opener Operator s Manual gt Step 9 Press the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit The training light is activated You have 30 seconds to initiate the following two steps gt Step 10 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for 2 seconds and release the Useful features Bete programmed signal transmitter button or gt Step 11 Press hold for 2 seconds and release same signal transmitter button a second time to complete the training process Some garage door openers or other rolling code equipped devices may require you to press hold for 2 seconds and release the same signal transmitter button a third time to complete the training process gt Step 12 Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed signal transmitter button or gt Step 13 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Controls in detail Fe Gate operator Canadian programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for the integrated signal transmitter to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or if you are having difficulties programming a gate operato
430. the multifunction CIS Play a sssvececeesseeessieceeacesttcaceopsetctess 256 Sidewall tires 0 eee eeeeeeee 215 Side windows see Power windows SmartKey see Key SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO see Key SmartKey Snow chains 0 000 aeee 216 Snow tires see Winter tires Spare wheel l 297 Mounting ccc ccedcbccessticsnssaatadsecidess 280 Storage location ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 232 Speedometer 0 00 eeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeees 28 Speed settings Cruise COMtrOl eseri 128 DISTRONIC PLUS 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 137 Resume function c0c08 130 137 SRS Supplemental Restraint System Indicator lamp i csssesssesees 29 36 264 Messages in the multifunction GIS PlAY TET 247 Standing water driving through 220 Starter switch positions KEYLESS GO virinneet 78 SmMmanKEy eresie EE 78 Starting difficulties engine 100 Starting the engine eee 99 Steering column see Multifunction steering wheel Adjustment Steering wheel see Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel gearshift control 108 Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services 179 Storage compartments 170 Storing tires eee eine 207 Sunshade Rear WINdOW c cceeseseeeeeseeeeeeneeees 173 SUM VISOMS 3s lt credsecessssegiteceasevees sveecenss 172 Tachometer cccccccccesseeeeeees 28 111 OVerspeed TangE svoris persse tiressi 111 Tail lamps Cleaning lense misice 22
431. they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components H Affixing stickers magnets adhesive tape or similar materials to painted body components may damage the paintwork Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up This should normally be done every 3 to 5 months depending on the climate and washing detergent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot gt Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical components and connectors from contact with water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticorrosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bushings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax Vehicle washing In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the vehicle underbody do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels
432. tifunction display bers Display messages USA only Canada only USA only Canada only A E I 0 Sy te na 2eS BS and SE noperativ See perator s Manual BS and Se urrent ly navai labl See perator s anua Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions In addition the yellow ESC warning lamp A the yellow ESC OFF warning lamp amp and the yellow ABS indicator lamp come on The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a malfunction the ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the ESC the hill start assist system the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are unavailable The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints In addition the yellow ESC warning lamp A the yellow ESC OFF warning lamp amp and the yellow ABS indicator lamp come on The brake system still functions normally but due to insufficient power supply the ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the ESC the hill start assist system the HOLD function the PRE S
433. ting brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal A Warning If the ABS malfunctions other driving safety systems such as the BAS or the ESC are also switched off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear If the ABS malfunctions the wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability and extending the braking distance a Driving safety systems Safety and security LI BAS Z Observe Safety notes see page 59 The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS provides full brake boost automatically thereby potentially reducing the braking distance gt Apply continuous full braking pressure until the emergency braking situation is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from locking When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated A Warning If the BAS malfunctions the brake system still functions but without the additional brake boost available that the BAS would normally provide in an emergency braking maneuver Therefore the braking distance may increase BAS PLUS The Brake Assist System PLUS BAS PLUS operates in emergency braking situations and
434. tion see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident H When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats and or the items Power seats The memory function gt page 86 lets you store the settings for the seat position together with the settings for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors Vehicles with split rear seat bench If you fold down one or both sections of the rear seat backrest the respective front seat is moved forward slightly if necessary to prevent contact with the rear seat backrest gt Seat fore and aft adjustment Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow 4 gt Seat backrest tilt Press the switch forward or backward
435. tires are of the same dimension If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible A Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel Wheels could become loose if not tightened with a torque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims Tire rotation can be performed on vehicles with tires of the same dimension all around If your vehicle is equipped with tires of the same dimension all around tires can be rotated observing a front to rear rotation pattern that will maintain the intended rotation spinning direction of the tire gt page 205 In some cases such as when your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimension front vs rear tire rotation is not possible If applicable to your vehicle s tire configuration tires can be rotated according to the tire manufacturer s recommended intervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty pamphlet located in your vehicle literature portfolio If none is available tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or sooner if necessary according to the degree of tire wear The same rotation spinning direction must be maintained Rotate tires before the characteristic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front tires and tread center wear on rear tires Thoroughly cle
436. tle driving and abrupt acceleration e Do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two persons and no luggage Do not exceed 3 of maximum accelerator pedal position if the vehicle b gt PA Fuels coolants lubricants etc Technical data E is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Fuel requirements Only use premium unleaded gasoline The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research Octane Number RON and the Motor Octane Number MON RON MON 2 This is also known as the ANTIL KNOCK INDEX Reformulated gasolines RFG and or unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol TAME ETBE IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Gasoline additives A major concern among engine manufacturers is carbon build up caused by gasoline Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of quality gasoline containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon deposits After an extended per
437. to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment P68 00 5728 31 In order to receive an accurate reading in the interior rear view mirror Q the compass must be calibrated and the magnetic field zone set gt Calling up the compass Press button briefly The compass displays the direction into which the vehicle is currently traveling N NE E SE S SW W or NW gt Compass adjustment Determine your location on the basis of the following zone maps P62 87 2115 31 Zone map North America Useful features Controls in detail fr A Useful features Controls in detail heal Zone map South America gt Press button approximately 3 seconds The currently selected zone appears in compass display 2 gt Selecting zone Press button until the desired zone is selected Do not press the button again until the direction is indicated gt Compass calibration Make sure you are in an area where you can drive a full circle with your vehicle without disturbing traffic in order to calibrate the compass In or
438. to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Check the tires and if necessary change the wheel gt page 279 gt Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt page 195 gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system after adjusting the tire inflation pressure values gt page 196 The tire inflation pressure is being checked by the Advanced TPMS gt Drive the vehicle for a few minutes The Advanced TPMS is malfunctioning gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center There are wheels without appropriate wheel sensors mounted e g winter tires gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the appropriate wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages TirePress Tire Press Monitor Correct Tire Pressure Caution Tire Defect Sensor s M issing Currently Unavailabl e Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions At least one sensor is defect e g battery is empty The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire inflation pressure in the multifunction display gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center At least one wheel withou
439. to bulb socket gt Insert bulb socket gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise gt Driver s side only Fix the washer fluid reservoir gt page 277 Front turn signal lamp bulb halogen headlamps only SG A f 7 P82 10 6380 31 gt Driver s side only Release the washer fluid reservoir gt page 277 gt Turn bulb socket Q counterclockwise and pull it out gt Turn the bulb counterclockwise with light pressure and pull it out of bulb socket Q gt Insert the new bulb into bulb socket and turn the bulb clockwise gt Insert bulb socket Q into the housing and turn it clockwise gt Driver s side only Fix the washer fluid reservoir gt page 277 Replacing wiper blades Safety notes A Warning For safety reasons switch off the wipers and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before replacing a wiper blade Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury A Warning Wiper blades are components that are subject to wear and tear Replace the wiper blades twice a year preferably in the spring and fall Otherwise the windshield will not be wiped properly As a result you may not be able to observe surrounding traffic conditions and could cause an accident H Never open the hood when a wiper arm is folded forward Hold on to the wiper when
440. to the stored positions immediately B Z Warning a Do not activate the memory function while ar Ei driving Activating the memory function while D driving could cause the driver to lose control Notes koj of the vehicle if you drive in countries with left hand a Each memory position button on the front driving you must have the headlamps passenger side can store the setting of the modified for symmetrical low beams 2 fe O seat position Relevant information can be obtained at i l any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicles equipped with active Bi Xenon headlamps The active Bi Xenon headlamps increase usable illumination over conventional headlamps because they follow the curvature of the road ahead The beams of the active Bi Xenon headlamps shift to either side according to the vehicle s steering angle and speed gt Adjust the seats gt On the driver s side also adjust the steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to the desired positions gt Press memory button M once and within 3 seconds press memory position button 1 2 o0r3 When the settings are stored to the selected position an acknowledgement signal sounds 1 P lt Standing lamps left 2 P Standing lamps right 3 Lo Off gt Press and hold desired memory position Daytime running lamp mode button 1 2 or 3 until the seat has moved to the stored position completely On the 4
441. troller see switch 173 separate COMAND operating instructions Parktronic system p deactivation switch 146 Program mode selector switch for automatic Seat belt presenter switch 48 amridan 107 Function Interior lighting control Roof panel switch Information button Tele Aid system SOS button Tele Aid system Interior rear view mirror ClO Ole 1o1 Integrated electronic compass 4 See separate operating instructions Rear interior lighting on off Right reading lamp on off Page 93 93 93 165 178 176 85 183 Overhead control panel Overhead control panel P62 00 2797 2t Function Page Garage door opener 179 Hands free microphone for Tele Aid emergency call system telephone and Voice Control System Roadside Assistance button Tele Aid system WZ Left reading lamp on off 93 Front interior lighting on off 93 33 34 Door control panel S G16 Cie g Function Memory function for storing seat exterior mirror and steering wheel settings Seat adjustment Central locking unlocking switch Inside door handle Exterior rear view mirror adjustment Switches for opening closing front door and rear side windows Rear side window override switch Trunk opening switch 86 81 VS 74 85 95 S 76 D EA Vehicle equipment 0 36 Occupantsatety eeen 36 Panieralannarcee note a eee 58 Drivi
442. trols in detail kl Air conditioning The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator In addition the air conditioning dehumidifies the interior air and helps prevent window fogging Z Warning If you deactivate the air conditioning the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Condensated water may drip out from underneath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the air conditioning The interior air will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button e The indicator lamp above the button goes out The cooling function switches off after a short delay Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the interior air with the air conditioning gt Press button ac The indicator lamp above the button comes on Automatic mode When operating the climate control system in automatic mode the interior air temperature air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically In automatic mode cooling with dehumidification is switched on This function c
443. ty to operate the equipment BAS PLUS detects obstacles that are in your driving path for a sufficient period of time to permit the system to recognize these obstacles If you approach the detected obstacle quickly BAS PLUS calculates the level of brake power boost appropriate for the circumstance to supply when the driver applies the brakes When you step quickly on the brake pedal in an emergency braking situation BAS PLUS automatically regulates the brake power boost to a level that is suitable for the traffic situation If BAS PLUS requires a particularly high brake power boost PRE SAFE is activated at the same time gt Keep constant pressure on the brake pedal until the emergency braking situation is over During this process the ABS prevents the wheels from locking up The brakes will resume normal operation after e the brake pedal is released e no obstacles are detected in your path e the system no longer senses a risk of a collision BAS PLUS is then deactivated BAS PLUS can react to stationary obstacles such as standing or parked vehicles at road speeds of up to approximately 40 mph 70 km h BAS PLUS can only assist you when the radar sensors are switched on and functional You can check whether the sensors are active by switching on DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 130 or using the Radar sensors function gt page 125 in the instrument cluster control system A Warning BAS PLUS will only respond w
444. uction l 5 This section contains information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Antilock Brake System e Adaptive Brake e Adaptive Brake Lights e BAS Brake Assist System e BAS PLUS Brake Assist System PLUS e EBP Electronic Brake Proportioning e ESC Electronic Stability Control PRE SAFE Brake Preventive Occupant Safety System Brake In winter operation the maximum effectiveness of most of the driving systems described in this section is only achieved with winter tires or snow chains as required Safety notes Z Warning The following factors increase the risk of accidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The driving safety systems described in this section cannot reduce these risks or prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle They cannot increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of a vehicle equipped with the driving safety systems described in this section must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Always adjust your driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions and keep a safe distance to other road user
445. ufacture Tire ply composition and material used This indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others Tire speed rating Part of tire designation speed symbol indicates the speed range for which a tire is approved Total load limit Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ib times the vehicle s designated seating capacity Traction The adhesive friction of a tire on a surface on which it moves The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 17 6 in 1 6 mm of tread remains Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using U S government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing it by two General information Have your vehicle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Win
446. upant safety Safety and security LI you have any difficulties please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Do not lean your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard e Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms inside the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when the driver front air bag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side impact air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side impact air bag be deployed Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety information Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual A Warning Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in a rear seat There is a possibility for a side impact air bag related injury if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained when next to a side impact
447. ure sensors for side impact air bag control are located in the doors Do not modify any components of the doors or door trim panels including for example the addition of door speakers Improper repair work on the doors or the modification or addition of components to the doors create a risk of rendering the side impact air bags inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the doors must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center P91 60 3924 31 g Side impact air bags are designed to provide increased protection for the thorax but not the head neck and arms of the driver or front passenger The side impact air bags are deployed 4 e on the impacted side of the vehicle e in instances with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e regardless of whether the seat belts on the impacted side of the vehicle are in use e independently of the front air bags e independently of the ETDs The front passenger side impact air bag will not deploy if the OCS senses that the front passenger seat is empty and the front passenger seat belt is not fastened With the front passenger seat empty and the seat belt fastened the front passenger side impact air bag will deploy independently of the empty seat Whether a seat belt is recognized as fastened depends on whether or not the latch plate is properly inserted into the buckle Side
448. uses radar sensors to assess the traffic situation BAS PLUS assists you in braking at speeds above approximately 20 mph 30 km h When traveling in Canada in a vehicle not registered in Canada you must switch off the radar sensor system gt page 126 Canadian law does not permit the use of the radar sensor system for vehicles from outside of Canada When you switch off the radar system the following functions are deactivated e BAS PLUS PRE SAFE Brake gt page 63 e DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 130 A Warning BAS PLUS is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The responsibility for the vehicle speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead including most importantly brake operation to assure safe stopping distance always remains with the driver Always pay attention to traffic conditions even while BAS PLUS is switched on Otherwise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is too late and could cause an accident Personal or fatal injury to you or others may be the result This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authori
449. utomatic transmission to neutral position N Try to keep the vehicle under control by corrective steering action For information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 216 Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brake effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficiency should be tested as soon as possible after driving is resumed A Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Driving instructions Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel To save fuel you should e Keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures e Remove unnecessary loads e Remove roof rack when not in use e Allow engine to warm up under low load use e Avoid frequent acceleration and deceleration Operation P e Have all maintenance work performed at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet and as required by the Maintenance system Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is also increased by driving in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in mountainous areas Drinking and driving A Warning Drinking an
450. utton OK gt To confirm display message Press button OK or s The control system saves certain display messages Calling up display messages gt page 120 For information about warning and malfunction messages appearing in the multifunction display gt page 232 Control system Bie Controls in detail ia an Control system Multifunction display Outside temperature indicator additional speedometer Automatic transmission program mode indicator Transmission position gear range indicator AT z 4 Settings functions submenus as well as any malfunctions appear in the text field For more information on menus displayed in the multifunction display see Menus and Ne submenus gt page 114 Text field Line for main menus Controls in detail I Menus and submenus P54 32 7702 31 Function Function Trip menu gt page 115 Service menu gt page 120 Navi menu gt page 116 Settings menu gt page 121 Audio menu gt page 117 Tel menu gt page 118 OO oO Assistance menu gt page 120 Trip menu Inthe Trip menu you can show an additional display for the speedometer and call up or reset your vehicle s statistical data The following information is available e Standard display gt page 115 e Fuel consumption statistics since st
451. uvers e an accident Controls in detail Pay Rear seat storage compartment Useful features 2 Cup holders Z Warning In order to help prevent spilling liquids on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equipment only use containers that fit into the cup holder Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occupants may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause b gt Useful features Controls in detail el damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Sun visors Limited Warranty z AX Warning When not in use keep the cup holder closed j AS An open cup holder may cause injury to you Do not use the vanity mirror while driving or others when contacted during braking Og iine OMIT Ta SLU Sun uee Vehicle mancilverscoLinan accident closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected poe i i lare can endanger you and others Keep in mind that objects placed in the cup E BSI holder may come loose during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident and be thrown around in the vehicle interior Objects thrown around in the vehicle interior may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Cup holder in front center console A cup holder is located in the front center console P68 60 2230 31 Vanity mirror lamp
452. ve deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags will continue to provide supplemental crash protection for occupants Safety guidelines for the seat belt Emergency Tensioning Device ETD and air bag A Warning e Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced Their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm e Air bags and ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An air bag or ETD that has deployed must be replaced PRE SAFE has electrically operated reversible pre tensioners in addition to the pyrotechnic ETDs e Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear e Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the seat belts e Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection e No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS e Do no change or remove any component or
453. vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display H The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Display messages RE Coolant Low Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The poly V belt could be broken gt Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so gt Turn off the engine immediately gt Check the poly V belt gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt If it is intact Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster gt Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately The radiator cooling fan is malfunctioning gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster If the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C you may continue driving to an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen
454. vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If such information is provided it can be found on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 201 or the supplemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is correct gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button lt or gt on the multifunction steering wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press button a or v onthe multifunction steering wheel to select Tire Pressure gt Press button OK The current inflation pressure for each tire appears in the multifunction display or the following message appears in the multifunction display Tire pressures will be displayed after driving a few minutes gt Press button W The following message appears in the multifunction display Use Current Pressures As New Reference Values Press OK to Confirm gt Press button OK The following message appears in the multifunction display Tire Press Monitor Restarted After driving a few minutes the system verifies that the current tire inflation pressures are within the system s specified range Afterwards the current tire inflation pressures are accepted as reference values
455. voiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 279 Practical hints A What to do if Z Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc What to do if When you switch on the ignition all lamps in the instrument cluster come on The low i beam headlamp indicator lamp high beam Notas headlamp indicator lamp turn signal SS __ indicator lamps and the indicator lamps for If any of the following lamps in the instrument the fog lamps will only come on if activated cluster fails to come on during the bulb self If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to check when switching on the ignition have come on when the ignition is switched on t
456. w chains e Do not use snow chains on the spare wheel When driving with snow chains you may wish to switch off the ESC gt page 62 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehicle s traction Winter driving instructions A Warning If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not facing the wind A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding shift the a
457. w mirror A Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking b gt Driving systems maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured A Warning The rear view camera is only an aid and may display obstacles e from a distorted perspective e inaccurately In this case have the position and setting of the camera checked by a qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz recommends that you contact a Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose Do not use the rear view camera in these situations Otherwise you could injure yourself or others and or damage property Controls in detail Ll A including your vehicle while parking e may not display obstacles at all maneuvering The rear view camera does not relieve you of the responsibility to be cautious Take care and pay careful attention The rear view camera may not show objects which are e very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e above the trunk handle You are responsible for safety at all times and must continue to pay attention to the immediate surroundings when parking and maneuvering This includes the area behind in front of and beside the vehicle Otherwise you could endanger yourself and or others Z Warning The rear view camera either will not function or will not function to its full capability if Taer PS4 65 3827 31 Camera lens 4 must be free of dirt ice snow and slush to function
458. w tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale 0 0 0 269 Seat belt telltale EEAS EE E TEA 29 49 263 SRS oiire ei ei 36 264 TUN Signal Sasserra 29 LATCH type child seat anchors ISOFIX see Children in the vehicle License plate lamps Messages in the multifunction display cie ceripe n nn ERR Light alloy wheels cleaning Lighter see Cigarette lighter Lighting enirn 87 Daytime running lamp mode 89 EXTETIOT sisseces ssisecstossees casteess deetoesecass MEO TION 5 544 E E E E Limp home mode Load index tires Loading see Vehicle loading Locator lighting 0 0 0 0 es eeeeee eee Locking the vehicle KEYLESS GO Manualen SIMAIK CY seesi tareis nE Loss of KY E E E E OE 74 Service and Warranty Information DOOKIGE sgeire o 294 Low beam headlamps 00 88 Exterior lamp SWItCH seses 87 Indicator lamp isc6 c 0055scacecadeve svete Replacing bulbs Switching ON eee Lubricant 0 ccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeees Lumbar Support oee 82 C Maintenance n eeens rererere 20 Maintenance System Service indicator display 222 Service indicator message 221 Service term exceeded o 221 Manual headlamp mode Low beam headlamps eeseeeeeeeeeees Manual shift program Maximum engine speed see Vehicle specification Maximum loaded vehicle weight 214 Maximum load rating tires 214 Maximum permissible t
459. when leaving deactivate the HOLD function for example or parking the vehicle Use the parking brake when the vehicle is pulled through an to secure the vehicle automatic car wash or being towed When the HOLD function is activated the message Shift to P appears in the Deactivating HOLD multifunction display when The HOLD function is switched off when e opening the driver s door and releasing the seat belt e you depress the accelerator pedal with the automatic transmission in drive position D turning off the engine or reverse gear R e opening the hood e you shift the automatic transmission into gt Shift the automatic transmission into park park position P position P to secure the vehicle e you depress the brake pedal fully again The HOLD function is deactivated The until the message HOLD in the multifunction message in the multifunction display display disappears disappears e you activate the DISTRONIC PLUS In addition a continuous acoustic warning signal may sound when the HOLD function is activated and you e turn off the engine release the seat belt and open the driver s door e open the hood The acoustic warning signal makes you aware of the fact that you have parked the vehicle with the HOLD function activated The acoustic warning signal becomes more intense as you attempt to lock the vehicle The vehicle cannot be locked until the HOLD function is deactivated If the ignition has b
460. ws power seats Tires and wheels radio and heater to the extent that these items are available as factory installed equipment whether installed or not Air pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi kilopascal kPa or bar Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width expressed in percentage Bar Metric unit for air pressure There are 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi to 1 bar there are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when your vehicle has been sitting for at least 3 hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant and if so equipped air conditioning and additional optional equipment but without passengers and cargo DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol which denotes the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Operation D A Tires and wheels Operation leet GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rea
461. x A Warning The tire load rating must always be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Otherwise tire failure may be the result which may cause an accident and or serious injury to you or others Always replace rims and tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Load index is a numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support For example a load rating of 91 corresponds to a maximum load of 1356 Ib 615 kg the tire is designed to support See also Maximum tire load gt page 205 where the maximum load associated with the load index is indicated in kilograms and lbs For additional information on the load index see Load identification gt page 212 Speed symbol A Warning Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury and possible death for you and for others
462. y ecesseceeeereee 21 TOWING aon eeeces 287 Unlocking locking manually 271 Vehicle dimensions see Vehicle specification Vehicle Identification Number VIN er eE 294 Vehicle jack see Jack Vehicle lighting 0 0 0 0 ce eeeeeeeeeeeees 87 Vehicle loading INSEFUCTIONS sirsie errin 167 Load lirmit srrseissiienisnsnes 202 ROOF TACK disicecssventcccsssagesessakeisavonte 168 Split rear seat bench s s 169 Terminology serseri 213 Vehicle maximum load on the tire 215 Vehicle specification E350 EEE E 296 B50 secere eae ake 296 Vehicle status message memory 120 Vehicle tool Kit cc ceeeeeeeneee 230 Vehicle washing see Vehicle care Vehicle weights see Vehicle specification Warning sounds DISTRONIC PLUS 0 0 eeeeeeeeteeeeee 132 Driver s or passenger s seat belt 49 Parking Drake eesseeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 246 Parking Guidance cccssccceeeees 148 Parktronic system sesser 146 Seat belt telltale n dissii 263 Warranty coverage eee 294 Washer and headlamp cleaning SYSTEM reirei 306 Washer fluid Messages in the multifunction display onnen an 251 MIXING ratio sisssvissiriiissvcssivassi 306 Refilling sisssresicissaseirpsisseisraksipieasi scen 191 Washing the vehicle 0 222 Wear pattern tires 0 0 0 ee 208 Weights vehicle see Vehicle specification Wheel Changing 2 s cceseceecseessececeeeeeaceees 279 REMOVE ssascieiseetsansszetsse
463. y seat Whether a seat belt is recognized as fastened depends on whether or not the latch plate is properly inserted into the buckle Pelvis air bags are not deployed in side impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold Pelvis air bags will not deploy in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of lateral deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for pelvis air bags 1 A Warning Only use seat covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat covers may interfere with or prevent the deployment of the side impact air bags and or pelvis air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Window curtain air bags A Observe Safety notes see page 37 Window curtain air bags 4 are designed to provide increased protection for the head but not the chest or arms Window curtain air bags Q are deployed e on the impacted side of the vehicle e in instances with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e independently of the front air bags e regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e regardless of whether the seat belt on the impacted side of the vehicle is in use Window curtain air bags Q are not deployed in impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold Window curtain air bags Q deploy in the area indicated by the arrows

Mercedes-Benz 2006 S 430 4MATIC Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents